The kitchen is always one the most hardworking spaces within a home, but when it comes to family kitchens, it needs to work harder than ever if it is to meet the demands of the whole household.

The key to success when designing a kitchen always lies in precise planning – without this stage, how can you ever expect the space to deliver everything you need? When it comes to family kitchens, not only do they need to fully support daily life, they also need to foster a sense of togetherness if you want this to be the spot everyone comes together to spend time in.

Here, we bring you 20 of the most beautiful and inspiring family kitchen ideas to help get your project off the ground in style.

1. Have a clear idea of what you need in your family kitchen

When planning a kitchen, the first step should always be to list down everything you want the space to deliver – not just in terms of practical functions, but also when it comes to overall ambience.

Al Bruce, founder of Olive & Barr, explains exactly how to approach this stage. "You should always start your kitchen design process by understanding how you might use your space. The kitchen is nearly always the most hardworking room in the home, meaning it has to function effortlessly and withstand continuous use.

"It is the little things that make a kitchen perfect, such as making the fridge easily accessible when cooking, having a special place for your chopping boards and knowing where to put your bin so the functionality of your kitchen is flawless," continues Al.

"After all, one of the cornerstones of every kitchen is combining function and practicality with your wants, needs and personality. When dealing with any kitchen layout for a family, it’s important that the space works harder and has elements of multifunctionality."

2. Plan the layout to avoid bottlenecks

All kitchens can become busy places at certain times of the day, but in bustling family homes, things can really ramp up a notch, particularly during the rush to get to school in the morning, or when cooking large family dinners.

Charlotte Butler, kitchen design manger at BK Eleven, suggests looking at how your kitchen layout ideas can be designed to help things run smoothly. "A family kitchen has to be planned around the busiest moments of the day, not the quietest. Breakfast, homework, cooking, clearing away and people coming in and out of the garden can all be happening at once, so the best layouts are the ones that give everyone a clear place to be without creating bottlenecks around the sink, hob or fridge."

Jenna Forsdyke, senior interior designer at Pfeiffer Design, highlights the importance of clear circulation here. "When designing a family kitchen, it’s all about creating a fluid layout that can support what the household needs on a daily basis. Good circulation is essential as you want family members to move throughout the space effectively, without crossing over.

"It’s good to think about the kitchen layout with parallel living in mind, such as one person cooking whilst the other works or helps with homework, for example. The layout needs to support all activity simultaneously."

3. Choose durable matt cabinetry

Your kitchen units not only perform the important role of storage – they also form a large part of the overall look of the space. As such, it is important to choose a finish that won't easily mark or show up stains.

Emily Newmarch, design consultant at Kitchens by Holloways, suggests opting for matt finishes here. "For family kitchens, durability is just as important as aesthetics. Painted cabinetry in softer matt finishes tends to work particularly well. It has a more timeless feel while being easier to maintain than high-gloss surfaces, which can show fingerprints and marks more readily.

"Natural timber cabinetry is also increasingly popular, particularly oak with visible grain – it ages beautifully over time," adds Emily.

4. Incorporate a gathering spot in a family kitchen

In a family home, creating areas where everyone will gravitate really gives the space a happy, sociable feel. But what is the best way to do this?

"In a generous open-plan kitchen, an island can work brilliantly because it gives the room a natural gathering point away from the main cooking run," says Charlotte Butler. "It can become the place for after-school snacks, a laptop, a quick coffee or someone chatting while dinner is being made, but it only works if there is enough room to move around it properly."

So what if you don't have space for an island? "If the island makes the kitchen feel tight, a peninsula or a well-positioned dining table will usually be a better choice," says Charlotte.

5. Include a comfy seating spot to relax

If you have the space to spare, incorporating a welcoming seating spot can really cement the kitchen as a multifunctional area, as well as making contemporary kitchens feel cosy.

"Introducing a more comfortable seating area can completely transform a kitchen, helping it feel less like a purely functional workspace and more like the heart of the home," explains Sophie Chapman, associate and interior designer at The Vawdrey House. "Even something as simple as a small sofa, built-in banquette, alcove or occasional chair can encourage people to linger for longer, whether that’s chatting while cooking, reading with a coffee or spending time together at the end of the day.

"In open-plan spaces especially, these softer elements help blur the line between kitchen and living room, creating a more relaxed and inviting atmosphere."

6. Zone an open-plan family kitchen

Open-plan kitchen diner ideas are hugely popular with homeowners looking to design a family kitchen but, to work well, they do need to be approached with care.

Sam Harris, senior design consultant at Ashford Kitchens & Interiors, explains that the key to success lies in zoning the space. "Open-plan layouts work incredibly well for busy family homes because they allow the kitchen to become a true multi-functional hub – somewhere to cook, socialise, work and relax all at once. We recommend layouts that create clear zones within the space, so family life can happen simultaneously without feeling chaotic. A well-planned island can also help anchor the room while improving circulation and storage."

Alex Main, director at Main, is also a fan of open-plan layouts. "The kitchen is often the centre of the family home and a hub for every activity from cooking and eating to relaxing, entertaining and working. The best layout will depend on how you use your kitchen in your home, however, for many families, an open-plan layout is often one of the most popular designs. A large, open-plan space creates an area with more function and flow – making family interaction easier and entertaining more sociable. Open-plan creates a lighter, larger and airier kitchen, offering greater versatility which suits today’s more informal, lived-in lifestyle."

7. Create a welcoming family dining area

In an ideal world, all family kitchens should incorporate a spot for everyone to sit and eat meals together – even if this rarely happens. But what is the best way to provide this?

"It depends on how the family uses the kitchen," says Alex Main. "Islands are incredibly versatile and functional for modern living as they combine preparation space, integrated storage and, for larger units, plenty of kitchen island seating for socialising and eating together. A dining table, however, creates a more relaxed and inclusive environment for longer meals, which is better suited for larger groups of friends and family when entertaining. Either option works well and it also depends on how much space you have. If room will allow, incorporating both a dining table and an island together means they work beautifully in tandem and maximise functionality."

"An island is wonderful for everyday convenience, but a table still gives you that more relaxed, face-to-face way of eating together," points out Charlotte Butler. "In a larger family kitchen, having both is ideal, but in a smaller space I would rather see one really good dining spot than an island squeezed in just because it feels like the thing to have."

Shop kitchen island seating

8. Inject personality with hardwearing tiles

It is so important that your kitchen flooring ideas not only look great, but also make life easier in terms of being easy-to-clean and durable.

Grazzie Wilson, head of creative at Ca’ Pietra, explains how to combine functionality with aesthetics. "A family kitchen is never just a kitchen, so the surfaces have to be ready for real life – but that absolutely does not mean playing it safe.

"Tiles are brilliant in a family kitchen because they can take a bit of everything. A porcelain floor is a lovely place to start because it gives you all the practical benefits you need in a hardworking space, but with so much scope to have fun with the look," continues Grazzie. "You might go for a big, soft limestone-style tile that makes the room feel calm and easy, a wood-effect porcelain if you want warmth without worrying about every spill, or a chequerboard floor if the kitchen needs a little bit of charm and mischief.

"I always think the best family kitchens have a bit of personality to them. They should not feel too perfect, because family life is not perfect," adds Grazzie. "A patterned splashback, a warm terracotta tone, or a floor with a little movement and texture can make the whole room feel more forgiving, more welcoming and much less like everyone needs to tiptoe around it. Choosing a surface with warmth, character and proper staying power means the room can cope with the everyday bustle while still feeling like somewhere you genuinely want to spend time."

9. Use on-trend storage options to cut down on clutter

The kitchen storage ideas you put in place are vital when it comes to reducing clutter and staying organised – thankfully, there are now more options than ever in this particular department.

"The kitchen trends worth considering are the ones that make family life easier," picks up Charlotte Butler. "Pantry cupboards, breakfast stations, deep drawers, charging drawers and somewhere to hide away smaller appliances can all make a huge difference to how calm the kitchen feels day-to-day. These are not showy details, but they are the things that stop the worktops becoming a dumping ground."

"Larger kitchens that have the room for plenty of appliances should consider their placement and storage, as well as the frequency of use," adds Al Bruce. "If you’re a family that enjoys regularly baking in your bread maker, or your morning ritual includes a fresh cup of coffee from your espresso machine, these items might be best positioned in a double larder with a coffee station. That way they are easily accessible but can be shut away behind closed doors for a clutter-free kitchen."

10. Swap minimalism for a lived-in family look

There is no room for a showroom finish when it comes to family kitchens – they need to feel like spaces built to relax in.

"We’re seeing families move towards kitchens that feel warmer and more lived-in rather than ultra-minimal," reveals Sam Harris. "Natural textures, earthy tones, layered lighting and concealed kitchen storage are all popular because they balance style with everyday practicality."

Sophie Chapman agrees that homeowners are now more often seeking this laid-back look. "We’re seeing a move towards kitchens that feel softer and more connected to the rest of the home, rather than purely single-use spaces. Natural materials, textured finishes and integrated seating are all helping kitchens feel homier and more adaptable for family living."

11. Prioritise hardwearing surfaces

Kitchen worktops always need to be up to the task of handing spills, heat and stains, but when it comes to family kitchens, they also need to be easy to care for on a day-to-day basis.

Oli Webb, director at Cullifords, lays out some of the wisest options. "The best kitchen worktop ideas ultimately depend on how the kitchen will be used. Granite remains popular for busy family homes because it is low-maintenance and highly durable, while quartzite is being increasingly sought after for its individuality, timeless appeal and similar durability. Porcelain surfaces are also becoming more desirable due to their sleek appearance and excellent performance qualities."

"Families want surfaces that can handle everything from homework sessions to entertaining without needing constant upkeep," adds Sam Harris. "Quartz continues to be one of the most popular choices for family kitchens due to its durability, low maintenance and resistance to staining. Porcelain is also becoming more popular due to its modern appearance and impressive resilience."

12. Use engineered timber flooring to warm up a family kitchen

While tiled floors are a brilliant option in family kitchens, don't discount wooden flooring either – but do be careful with your choices if you want to ensure it stands the test of time.

"While wood flooring adds warmth and character, kitchens are high-traffic spaces that are exposed to fluctuations in moisture levels, food prep and daily wear and tear, which can cause hardwood flooring to deteriorate over time," warns Natalie Mudd, co-founder and creative director of Knot & Grain.

"A simple solution is installing engineered wood flooring, which is a brilliant option for the kitchen. Its top layer is made entirely of solid wood, bonded to a strong plywood layer beneath and a stabilising base layer. This layered construction helps balance the wood's tensions, preventing bending, warping, and swelling in areas with changing moisture levels."

13. Make every inch count in a small family kitchen

If you don't have a huge space to work with, fear not – even small kitchens can be designed to take-on busy family life with the right design approach.

"Smaller kitchens needs to work harder so clever storage is essential," says Alex Main. "As part of your kitchen design, include deep drawers, internal organisers, integrated appliances and full-height cupboards if you can to maximise the space efficiently. This will result in a more streamlined, organised and non-cluttered look and feel to your kitchen. A successful small kitchen design is less about the size and more about planning that supports everyday use."

"I would focus on full-height storage, deep drawers, a compact dining solution and keeping the main route through the room clear," adds Charlotte Butler. "A peninsula can often be more useful than an island because it adds worktop and seating without needing space on every side."

"Every inch in a small kitchen needs to be thoughtfully planned to ensure maximum storage and use," picks up Jenna Forsdyke. "Uninterrupted surfaces help elongate spaces, so implement integrated appliances and full-height cabinetry. If seating is a priority, then look at the best way for this to be added to suit the number of family members – whether that’s a small island with bar stools, banquette seating or a separate dining space. If you design your kitchen around your daily routine, it will make it feel effortless."

14. Give various seating options for flexibility

In kitchens that are going to be used by multiple people at once, or in multi-generational homes, it makes sense to include as many seating options as you can.

"The most successful kitchens usually include a variety of seating options to support different events throughout the day," explains Emily Newmarch.

"An island naturally becomes the functional hub of the kitchen, which supports preparation, casual dining, entertaining and everyday interaction," continues Emily. "However, a dedicated table or banquette area introduces a more relaxed way of using the space, which can feel important in family homes where the kitchen is also used for working, homework or longer meals together."

15. Enjoy the practicality of a U-shaped layout

The kitchen layout you choose needs to be based on the space you have available, but also on your storage needs and how you plan on using the space.

Al Bruce favours U-shaped kitchens for family rooms. "The U-shaped or kitchen island layout are great choices for families. U-shaped kitchens work best in larger homes and this layout allows you to better separate the cooking and preparation areas while giving you ample storage space to create a functional, practical and aesthetically pleasing scheme. It also gives you room to add a dining table, making it a hub for the family.

"The kitchen island layout serves a slightly different purpose to a U-shaped kitchen," continues Al. "It creates a centrepiece, allowing you to utilise your kitchen as both a workspace and social area where friends and family gravitate throughout the day. The set-up is ideal for gathering the family and the added worksurface allows multiple members of the family to get stuck in and help at dinner time. Whenever it can be, the kitchen should be designed to be the most used social space in the house."

16. Choose time-saving appliances in a busy family space

When choosing kitchen appliances, take the time to think about how they will contribute to the smooth running of daily life. Ideally, they should be designed to make everything more efficient.

Michael Sammon, design director at Wödår, highlights how useful boiling water taps can be for families. "The biggest benefit is convenience. You are not waiting for the kettle to boil every time you need hot water, whether that is for cooking, cleaning, making drinks or getting dinner moving more quickly. It is one of those additions that can feel quite small when you are planning the kitchen, but once you live with it, it becomes part of the everyday flow of the room.

"Safety is always part of the conversation in a family kitchen too, and a good hot water tap is designed with that in mind," adds Michael. "It keeps boiling water in one fixed place, rather than carrying a hot kettle across the kitchen, and it can be much easier to manage during those busy moments when several things are happening at once."

Shop time-saving kitchen essentials

17. Consider LVT flooring for its durability

If you are after a cost-effective and practical finish underfoot take time to look into LVT flooring.

Lauren Levy, design manager at Amtico Flooring, explains its benefits. "Family life is full of movement, so kitchen flooring needs to be able to keep up. From muddy footprints and spilled drinks to everyday cooking and constant foot traffic, choosing a durable, easy-to-clean and visually appealing floor is essential.

"LVT flooring is a practical and versatile choice, offering the authentic look of natural wood or stone alongside the durability modern households demand," continues Lauren. "With a wide range of colours, patterns and finishes available, homeowners can create a kitchen that feels both functional and beautifully connected to the rest of the home."

18. Don't overlook the little details

It is all too easy to overlook the finer details when designing a family kitchen, but these seemingly small decisions can make all the difference to the look and performance of a space. This is certainly the case when it comes to choosing handles for kitchen cabinets.

"Handles are one of those details that people sometimes leave until the very end, but in a family kitchen they really do a lot of heavy lifting," points out Gareth Hull, design lead at Hendel & Hendel. "They are touched constantly, often with wet hands, sticky fingers, or while someone is trying to open a drawer with a child, a school bag or a basket of laundry in the way, so they need to feel good as well as look good.

"In a busy kitchen, I always think hardware should have a little bit of generosity to it," continues Gareth. "Large drawers, pantry cupboards and integrated appliances are much easier to use when the handle has a proper grip, while smaller knobs or neater pulls can work beautifully on wall cupboards or lighter doors. It is one of those details that can make a kitchen feel instantly better to use, even though you might not notice why at first. For family spaces, I would always choose something that feels comfortable in the hand, sits well with the scale of the doors and drawers, and has enough character to cope with a room that is rarely still."

19. Incorporate banquette seating for a sociable family vibe

Banquette seating has really soared in popularity in recent years – and for good reason. Not only is it a great way to add in a comfortable spot to sit and eat, but it also takes up less space than dining chairs.

Additionally, it lends a relaxed, warm feel, as Emily Newmarch explains. "Where space allows, incorporating a softer seating area can completely change how a kitchen feels and functions. A built-in banquette helps bridge the gap between kitchen and living space.

Emily also likes to include other alternatives to dining chairs. "Even a small sofa or window seat will make the room feel more relaxed and less task-focused."

FAQs

Which trends work well in a family kitchen?

It would be wrong to base your design entirely on the latest kitchen trends, but that doesn't mean you can't incorporate some into your final design.

"The current 'cosy kitchen’ or 'soft kitchen' trend is key for family homes," says Alex Main. "Homeowners are looking to create a cosier, more inviting kitchen aesthetic that acts as an extension of their living space. By incorporating cosy seating areas, multifunctional layouts, personal touches and tactile materials, your kitchen can cater to everyone in the family at once."

Jenna Forsdyke also encourages homeowners to look into the trend for 'secondary spaces'. "We’re seeing more demand for kitchens with secondary spaces which support the daily needs of family life. From breakfast cupboards to banquette seating and homework stations, kitchens with secondary spaces allow a more considered use of space, whilst still being able to spend time together."

It isn't just the kitchen that can benefit from careful planning when designing a home for a young family – you also need to think about how you will lay out your living spaces, the positioning of home offices and how accessible bathrooms are from the bedrooms.

For most people renovating a kitchen, the utility room is an afterthought. The kitchen gets the mood boards and the endless decisions about hardware finishes, while the utility gets whatever is left over – usually a cheaper version of the same thing, on the basis that matching feels like the safe, considered choice.

But is matching your utility and kitchen actually the right call? Increasingly, designers think not. The best utility room ideas are those that treat the space on its own terms, designed around what it actually needs to do, rather than what the room next door looks like.

Below, we ask the experts how to strike the right balance between connection and individuality, so you can get both rooms right.

The case for matching a kitchen and utility

In an open-plan kitchen, or anywhere the utility door is left open as often as it is closed, the two rooms will be read as one whether you design for it or not. In these layouts, the case for matching is hard to argue with.

"A fully matched kitchen and utility creates seamless 'visual flow', which is especially valuable when the utility door is often left open," explains Julie Gokce, senior kitchen expert at MoreKitchens. When the two rooms share the same cabinetry, finishes and colour palette, the eye moves between them without interruption. "In smaller homes, this can also make the whole ground floor feel larger by removing the visual stops," she adds.

The benefits are not purely spatial either. "From a styling perspective, a cohesive look feels calmer and more luxurious, even if the utility is a messy zone," says Julie. "Buyers and estate agents also tend to read matching joinery as a sign of a well-planned kitchen renovation, which can add perceived value to a property."

The project shown above is a good example of how this works in practice. Sam Harris, senior design consultant at Ashford Kitchens and Interiors, describes how his team carried the same tone and feel across key surfaces in both rooms, while specifying finishes in the utility that were better suited to daily wear.

"The result is a design that feels cohesive overall, while allowing the utility to work harder as a separate, functional zone," he says. Matching the overall impression or aesthetic, rather than the materials, allows each room do its own job more effectively.

The case against matching a kitchen and utility

Many kitchen designers argue that the utility room's separation from the kitchen is not a problem to solve, but an opportunity to take.

"At deVOL, we find people tend to want their utility room to be slightly different to their kitchen, to give it its own personality," explains Helen Parker, creative director of deVOL Kitchens. "I think if a kitchen completely matches a utility, it is a missed opportunity to have a bit of fun with colour and design."

In practice, that might mean a change in cabinet colour, more open shelving in place of wall cupboards, or tongue and groove cladding on the walls – details that give the room a humbler, more workmanlike feel that suits what it is actually used for. "I don't think matching the rooms would make them any more functional," she adds.

There is a practical argument too, and it is a persuasive one. "A utility room gets genuine wear and tear – wet boots, detergent spills, hot tumble dryers," says Julie Gokce. "Specifying cheaper, tougher materials makes far more sense than duplicating expensive kitchen finishes. Budget goes further when you splurge in the kitchen and save in the utility."

And there's also a longer view to consider: "If you ever change your kitchen in five years, an unmatched utility is cheaper and less disruptive to update," she notes.

Charlotte Butler, kitchen design manager at BK Eleven, frames it most plainly. "The utility room has a different job to do. It might need more tall storage, more robust surfaces, space for laundry appliances, cleaning products, pet bowls or household overflow – and those practical needs should lead the design."

How to get the middle ground right

For most designers, the answer sits somewhere between a perfect match and a complete contrast. "There isn't a one-size-fits-all answer," says Sam Harris. "In many cases, the most successful approach is a balance between the two: keeping a consistent palette or key design details, while adjusting cabinetry, handles or worktops to better suit everyday use."

The key, says Holly Lamont, founder and creative director of Holla Design, is to treat the utility room as a continuation of the kitchen's design 'language' rather than a repetition of it. "Pull a colour from within the kitchen's palette – a grout tone, a hardware finish, a tile colour – and amplify it in the utility. By doing this, the contrast feels curated, not accidental."

And Jenna Forsdyke, senior interior designer at Pfeiffer Design, takes a similar view. "Rather than creating two identical spaces, allow each room to have its own personal touches, but combine them by carrying through a few key elements from the overall kitchen design. This will create a soft sense of continuation between the two rooms, allowing them to feel connected and considered."

Ways to get the balance right

The trick, according to designers, is to choose two or three visual threads to carry through both rooms rather than trying to match everything. Here are the approaches that work best:

• Match the colour but change the materials: Use the same paint colour or finish in both spaces, but specify more durable, moisture-resistant doors in the utility. This way, you keep the visual link without duplicating the kitchen costs or worrying about warping in a damp environment.
• Match the handles and taps, but nothing else: Keeping hardware identical across both spaces ties the rooms together even when the doors, finishes and floors are completely different. Handles can visually connect rooms even when everything else diverges.
• Try matching only the worktops: Running the same worktop surface through both rooms is surprisingly effective, because worktops are what the eye lands on at standing height. This lets you simplify the cabinetry in the utility without the two rooms feeling disconnected
• Avoid the near-match on flooring: If you cannot run the same flooring through both rooms, do not try to approximate it. "Unless you have exactly the same flooring product, a near-match will always draw unwanted attention for looking slightly off," warns Graeme Shelley, managing director at Factory Direct Flooring. If continuity is not possible, lean into contrast instead – a stone-effect floor in the utility that picks up on the tones of a wood-effect kitchen floor, for example, will always read better than an almost-identical version of the same thing.

Use this hardware to create continuity

If you're wondering where to spend and where to save on your new kitchen and utility, it's worth getting to grips with utility room costs before making any decisions about finishes or cabinetry. Knowing your budget will shape how far you can take the matching question in either direction.

Step into the world of kitchen design and it is easy to quickly feel overwhelmed. There are a dizzying number of decisions to be made, from cabinets and worktops to appliances and lighting – not to mention the finer details such as splashbacks and socket placement,

When it comes to styles, modern kitchens have so much appeal, offering crisp, sleek detailing, and being just as suitable for larger, open-plan spaces as they are for small rooms. That said, a really careful approach needs to be taken to ensure that the overall look doesn't end up being clinical and stark, as opposed to warm and welcoming.

In my own kitchen remodel, I am aiming for a design that combines a fresh, modern finish with something that still feels cosy and sociable – somewhere everyone still naturally gravitates to. I reached out to the experts to find out how to get it right.

1. Incorporate plenty of natural materials

The use of natural materials in the kitchen in no way needs to be viewed as the reserve of classic, traditional or farmhouse kitchen ideas – they are perfect for modern kitchens too.

"Introducing natural materials is essential to adding warmth to a modern kitchen," picks up Yaqub Khalid, design consultant at Ashford Kitchens & Interiors. "Whether in the form of wood-fronted cabinets, stone worktops, brushed brush hardware or wooden flooring, there are a few ways in which organic materials can instantly change the feel of space."

Oliver Webb, director at Cullifords agrees. “Contemporary kitchens can absolutely feel homely, and much of that comes down to the surfaces used and how they interact. When everything is too uniform or highly polished, the space can feel quite stark, so introducing materials with natural variation is important.

"Natural stone is particularly effective in adding warmth and depth," adds Oliver. "Marble, especially in lighter tones such as whites, creams and soft neutrals, helps to reflect light and create a more open, inviting feel. Stones such as Bianco Carrara or Calacatta marble work well here, offering gentle veining that adds detail without overwhelming the surface. Quartz surfaces in softer tones can achieve a similar effect."

2. Consider a natural wood kitchen

Of all the kitchen trends to have done the rounds lately, wooden kitchens are the one that really seem to have stuck. Suitable for modern and classic kitchens alike, they offer a timeless look that can be made more or less contemporary-looking as required.

“Light wood cabinetry has dominated lately, with its serene and elegant look, which especially complements a modern home that celebrates natural materials – enhancing a connection to nature," picks up Al Bruce, founder of Olive & Barr.

"Homeowners are increasingly drawn to contrasting materials too, both in texture and colour," he adds. "This has led to more experimentation with various wood finishes, embracing the rich and varied tones of oak and ash, which pair beautifully with natural stone and brushed brass hardware.”

3. Focus on an earthy, neutral colour palette

The kitchen wall colours and tones of your cabinetry are key to ensuring the space feels inviting and cosy, as opposed to sterile.

According to Al Bruce, warm neutrals are one of the best options here. "We’d always advise warmer colours, from creamy whites, soft pastels to olive greens. These colours create an inviting and homely feel and work well on either the cabinets, or the walls, adding warmth to a modern kitchen."

In fact, according to Paul Dore, MD at County Stone, there has been a move away from cooler colours in general. "We’ve noticed a major shift away from the cooler greys that dominated kitchen ideas for years. Instead, warmer neutrals are becoming far more popular. Tones like mushroom, taupe, soft beige, and olive green all work beautifully in contemporary kitchens because they still feel fresh while adding comfort and depth.

"We’re also seeing more homeowners go bold with their choices," reveals Paul. "Rich colours, such as burgundy, and bright and bold shades, such as yellow, are being used more often by homeowners looking to add their own personality into the design."

4. Use your lighting scheme to add interest

When planning a kitchen, whatever its style, the lighting scheme is absolutely key to its success – and when it comes to warming up a modern kitchen it becomes more important than ever to get this element right.

“Introduce task lighting for practical areas like the worktop and hob, which will allow ample lighting for meal prepping and then, to soften the mood and add warmth, complement it with ambient lighting throughout the rest of the space," advises Tim Raffield, founder of lighting specialists Tom Raffield.

"The soft glow of a pendant over a dining table, or subtle downlighting from wall lights can add a sense of intimacy and depth, not to mention that dimmable lighting can allow for even greater flexibility to create the desired ambience. Finally, create a focal point in the kitchen by introducing a sculptural pendant light or wooden chandelier above the kitchen island," he says.

Helen Parker, creative director of deVOL Kitchens, reveals that she loves a more flexible approach to kitchen lighting. "We love a plug-in light that can just appear in a once gloomy spot, or in a newly organised little corner of a room, creating instant mood. Little pools of light for tasks like reading or writing can transform a dull and characterless corner.

"The ability to plug in a light source without the need for permanency can really enhance a room for a special occasion, or for a specific purpose," she continues, "but our guess is that once you have created an extra corner of moodiness in your home, you won’t want to take it away."

Shop modern kitchen lighting

5. Layer up on texture

While we understand that you might be aiming for a space featuring clean lines and an uncluttered feel, in order to do this in a way that doesn't end up feeling one-dimensional, you need to add in plenty of texture.

Emily Newmarch, design consultant at Kitchens by Holloways explains how to do this. "A modern kitchen can quickly feel sterile if it relies too heavily on flat, high-gloss surfaces or overly stark colour palettes. To avoid this, it’s important to layer in warmth through natural materials such as timber, stone and tactile finishes. Elements like fluted detailing, tongue-and-groove wall panelling or softly veined worktops can add depth without compromising a clean, contemporary look."

Alex Main, director at Main, supports this approach too. “Adding tactile textures is one of the most effective ways to soften contemporary kitchens which often include harder finishes. Wood cladding, whether that be on the walls, island or main run of cabinetry helps to bridge the gap between kitchen and living space, adding a sense of authenticity and balance."

"It's all about balancing clean design with tactile, human touches," adds Paul Dore. "While modern schemes often favour sleek cabinetry and minimal detailing, introducing natural materials such as timber, stone or textured finishes helps soften the overall look and prevents the space from feeling overly clinical."

6. Use your flooring as a warming backdrop

Your kitchen flooring ideas shouldn't just focus on practicality (although this is important) – they also have the power to prevent a modern space from feeling overly cool.

According to Adam Robertson, MD at Urbane Living, timber flooring is a great option here. "What we're seeing as particularly popular right now are natural mid-tone oaks, especially those that have been subtly altered to shift away from the traditional yellows and golds towards warmer browns or grey-browns. These tones feel contemporary and sophisticated without being too stark or cold. They add warmth and character while maintaining that clean, modern look that buyers are drawn to."

"The appeal of wood lies in its ability to bridge traditional and contemporary styles," picks up Ian Tomlinson, MD at Chaunceys Timber Flooring. "People are naturally drawn to organic, grounding materials and timber flooring in kitchens offers this in abundance. The subtle grain patterns, natural tones and inviting warmth of wood make it easy to create comforting environments."

Natalie Mudd, creative director and co-founder of Knot & Grain, goes on to explain how to use timber in a modern way. "Parquet engineered wood flooring designs including herringbone and chevron are hugely popular in kitchens since they add contrast and interest to otherwise straight sight lines. If you prefer to keep your flooring more streamlined, straight planks work equally as well and can have the effect of making a space seem larger than it actually is. Smaller kitchens or galley styles work particularly well with straight wooden planks which will add a sense of space and a smart finish to the room.”

7. Incorporate some open shelving

With all the decision making involved in choosing kitchen units, worktops, appliances and so on, it is all-too-easy to overlook the important role the smaller details can have on how the way a space feels. Mixing in open kitchen shelving, alongside fitted cabinetry, can really add a more personal touch.

"Open shelving provides the perfect opportunity to add both style and character to the space," explains Al Bruce. "Use this area for both form and function, displaying your favourite glassware, dishes and decorative items. Pick up a few antiques to add to your shelves, too; this provides a point of interest and contrasts against other modern elements."

"Freestanding furniture can work beautifully in a contemporary kitchen too," adds Kate Palmer, creative director at The Painted Furniture Company. "A dresser or pantry unit adds character and helps break up the uniformity of fitted units, making the space feel more relaxed and lived-in while still complementing a modern aesthetic. Styling it with everyday ceramics, glassware, cookbooks or greenery also brings in a more personal touch."

Shop display furniture

8. Inject character through surface finishes

Never underestimate the power your kitchen worktops have in terms of avoiding a modern space appearing cold or unwelcoming.

"We often recommend introducing warmth through the worktops themselves," says Paul Dore. "For example, a white kitchen paired with a beautifully veined quartz or natural stone surface can feel incredibly elegant and welcoming because the stone introduces movement and softness into the scheme."

"Finish also plays an important role," points out Oliver Webb. "Honed or brushed surfaces tend to diffuse light more softly than high-gloss options, helping to reduce glare and create a more relaxed overall feel. By focusing on surfaces that offer variation in tone, texture and finish, it’s possible to create a kitchen that feels both modern and comfortable, without losing a sense of warmth.”

9. Build in details that lend a sociable air

If you want your kitchen to feel like a space where everyone naturally wants to gather together, be that for noisy family meals or dinners with friends, you need to prioritise creating cosy spaces that everyone feels drawn towards.

"Integrating areas for sitting, whether that’s banquette seating, island seating or a more informal dining spot, helps shift the kitchen from a purely functional room into somewhere people gather," explains Emily Newmarch.

"Creating a cosy corner or another form of relaxed seating, such as a built-in window seat or banquette seating helps add comfort and warmth, offering a welcoming balance to modern kitchen materials," adds Alex Main. "Informal seating spaces like this promote comfort and versatility."

10. Remember, modern needn't mean minimalist

If you are still holding onto the notion that modern means minimalist, it's time to let go. A contemporary kitchen doesn't have to look like it has never been used – yes, hidden storage will help with a sleek look, but incorporating personal items and decorative flourishes will ensure it feels cosy too.

"Modern kitchens are often associated with handleless cabinets and clean, minimalist silhouettes, cooler or monochrome colour palettes and state-of-the-art kitchen appliances," says Yaqub Khalid. "This mindset has shifted slightly. Homeowners are still requesting contemporary designs, but with warmer elements brought in to create a softer, more lived-in feel with the inviting, cosy atmosphere they want from a multifunctional kitchen.

"Personal touches are what truly make a kitchen homely," continues Yaqub. "A framed piece of artwork, houseplants, cookbooks or your favourite crockery on display – these small kitchen decor touches help a kitchen feel more human."

11. Combine contrasting finishes within the scheme

Something to avoid, if you want you kitchen to feel modern and welcoming, is a singular approach to styles and materials.

"Mixing and matching materials and textures is a strong way to add character," explains Eloise Pfeiffer, interior designer at Pfeiffer Design. "Rather than an over-reliance on a single style or cabinetry profile, combining varying colours and textures creates a more organic, softer feel leaning into the notion of a perfect imperfect.

"For balance, select a dominant style to anchor the space – which may be more contemporary in terms of cabinet style or colour scheme – then layer in other accents such as brushed brass hardware, wooden flooring or personal touches like open shelving," she recommends. "The result will be a space that feels considered and thoughtful, while still maintaining a contemporary feel."

María D Arráez, director of Tile of Spain UK, agrees that mixing up your finishes is a great idea. "To avoid a sterile feel, consider layering finishes. Combining matte and gloss tiles, or incorporating tactile surfaces, adds depth and visual interest without compromising a cohesive scheme.

"Splashbacks and feature walls are also a chance to introduce gentle colour or pattern, helping to break up minimalist layouts," she continues. "A contemporary kitchen feels most successful when it balances simplicity with sensory detail, using materials not just for function, but to create a space that feels lived-in, comfortable and welcoming."

12. Switch out flush-fronted for fluted cabinetry

There was a time when flush cabinets, devoid of detail and handles, were non-negotiable in a modern kitchen. Since then, kitchen trends have moved on – and fluted details and 'slim Shaker' units are now hugely popular, suiting modern and classic schemes just as well.

"Modern kitchens no longer have to mean ultra-flat, high-gloss slab doors," says Paul Dore. "One of the biggest trends we’re seeing is the growing popularity of contemporary Shaker kitchens and slim-frame cabinetry. These offer a cleaner, more modern interpretation of traditional styles so are ideal for adding a bit more depth and interest to modern kitchens.

"Fluted details, natural wood veneers and textured finishes are also increasingly popular because they bring subtle character and craftsmanship into the space while still maintaining a streamlined look."

Mike Whitfield, luxury interiors expert at LUSSO is also a fan of fluted finishes. "Flat fronted or handleless cabinets might be synonymous with modernist design, but consider adding fluted cabinetry in a minimalist kitchen to add texture and character. Fluted cabinets create an airy, architectural aesthetic that prevents the space from feeling flat without disrupting the harmony of the space."

FAQs

Can an all-white kitchen ever look warm and welcoming?

There tend to be two schools of thought when it comes to white kitchens. One is that they are bold, bright and refreshingly modern, while the other is that they are rather unimaginative, cold and sterile. Is there a way of using an all-white scheme that still feels cosy?

"White really comes into its own when layered with texture and contrast, pairing warm whites with natural materials, such as timber cabinetry, stone worktops, aged brass hardware, and tactile finishes like linen or ceramic. These combinations bring depth and prevent the space from feeling flat," advises Al Bruce. "Even a subtle contrast, like a deeper shade on cabinetry or an island, can make a white backdrop feel more intentional and elevated."

"While white kitchens create a clean and timeless look, introducing nature-inspired shades such as sage, olive or deep forest green can instantly soften the space and make it feel less stark," agrees Charlotte Tilby, head of marketing at Woodstock, parent company of LochAnna Kitchens. "Pairing these colours with natural materials like light oak, marble-effect worktops, brushed brass or textured stone adds warmth, depth and character without compromising the modern aesthetic."

Finally, Mike Whitfield has some advice on the types of white to use. "Avoid stark, bright whites that could create a cold, uninviting atmosphere. Instead, mix creamy or warm white tones with pure white to make a cosy, layered look that feels warm and inviting."

One of the biggest challenges when designing open-plan kitchens lies in making them feel cohesive while still maintaining boundaries between the functional space and those meant for dining or socialising. Make sure you understand how to successfully zone a kitchen-diner to ensure your scheme is a success.

Inspired by Masterchef and feel a chef's kitchen could help take your cooking to a whole new level? It could be that designing your kitchen more like a professional won't just lead to better food, but also to an improvement in your lived-in experience.

From layout to appliances, there are a number of different strategies you can employ if chef's kitchen ideas are the inspiration behind your kitchen design plans. And, when executed well, we reveal how a chef's kitchen concept can be beneficial, even if you aren't in the running for the Bake-Off apron just yet.

So grab a drink, sit back, and browse through our menu of suggestions to see how your chef's kitchen dream could become reality.

1. Layout is the most important factor in a chef's kitchen

We asked a range of kitchen experts and designers to define the one thing that separates a domestic kitchen from a commercial kitchen and the answer was unanimous. It's the kitchen layout that matters most.

“Really it comes down to the layout and the design, with the main part being the flow," says Alex Main, director at Main. "For a kitchen space to flow well, it’s about putting the right equipment in the right places. It’s all about making cooking simple at home, without too much fuss. You want the workspaces to feel right so that you’re not running around in circles," he adds.

"Careful consideration must be made to ensure movement is efficient," agrees Sam Harris, senior interior designer at Ashford Kitchens & Interiors. "You’ll often see larger kitchen islands, walkways and more dedicated prep areas than in a standard family kitchen."

“Layout will always come first, as even the most impressive appliances can’t compensate for a kitchen that doesn’t function well," he continues. "A well-designed layout creates efficiency between the key working areas – preparation, cooking, cleaning and storage."

It's something that even a professional chef agrees with, as Peter Sidwell, professional chef and Symphony brand ambassador explains. "A chef’s kitchen isn’t about looking professional – it’s about working professionally. It’s a space designed around how you actually cook, not just how it looks in photos.

"Everything has a purpose, everything is within reach and nothing gets in the way," he continues. "The biggest difference between a chef’s kitchen and a standard kitchen is intent – a chef’s kitchen is built to be used day in, day out, and to make cooking feel easier, calmer and more enjoyable.”

2. Allow for plenty of preparation space

Second on the list of chef's kitchen must-haves is preparation space. While it's important to have sufficient kitchen worktops in any kitchen, if cooking lots is key, then specify extra worktop space when working with your kitchen designer.

“When it comes to the non-negotiables that every chef’s kitchen should have, regardless of budget or space, it’s good prep space – an uninterrupted worktop where you can properly chop, mix and assemble," says Peter Sidwell.

“The biggest kitchen design mistakes people make is designing it like a showroom instead of a workspace," he continues. "Too often, kitchens are built around kitchen trends rather than habits.

“The most un-chef-like thing I see in home kitchens is tiny prep areas squeezed between appliances," he notes. "Chefs think in surfaces first and everything else comes after.”

In terms of where you need space, it's not just anywhere either. "What matters is usable space, especially around the hob, kitchen sink and main preparation area," advises Charlotte Butler, kitchen design manager at BK Eleven.

Sam Harris' top tip? "Prep sinks on islands are an excellent addition for keen cooks, while oversized islands provide valuable workspace for both preparation and entertaining," he says.

3. Pay extra attention to your kitchen storage plans

If your kitchen is for quick family dinners or breakfast on the go, you'll likely be able to manage with fairly standard concealed kitchen storage ideas. However, if you love to cook, bake and entertain, you'll need to think more carefully about the type of storage you'll need.

“Storage is one of the defining features of a successful chef’s kitchen," agrees Sam Harris. "The aim is to keep surfaces clear while ensuring everything remains easily accessible.

"Walk-in pantries, breakfast cupboards or even bantries are also increasingly popular if space allows, as they help to conceal clutter while keeping everyday items close to hand. We believe good storage should feel almost invisible," he says.

“Things like a slim bin and different compartments for waste work well in a chef’s kitchen," adds Alex Main. "Also use cupboards built into the island for big equipment like mixers and toasters. This means the kitchen itself is quite minimalistic and easy to navigate."

So why does storage in a chef's kitchen matter so much? Peter Sidwell says it's so your kitchen can avoid the one key element of a working kitchen that you'd rather not have at home – stress.

“Great storage keeps your worktops and your head clear," he explains. "Deep drawers, internal organisers, pull-outs and larders mean you can see everything at a glance. If you can find what you need instantly, you’ll cook more confidently and with far less stress. I love my pantry, as I can open the doors, see all my ingredients and work out what to cook.

“When your kitchen works properly, you cook more instinctively," he continues. "You’re not constantly adapting or compromising. That freedom lets you focus on flavour, timing and enjoyment, and that’s when home cooking really levels up.”

Shop for clever kitchen storage

4. Kitchen worktops need to be extra durable and up to the job

With extra cooking preparation and potentially a wider range of ingredients and cooking utensils coming into play, your kitchen surfaces also need additional thought when designing a chef-inspired kitchen.

“Worktops make a significant difference because they’re one of the hardest-working surfaces in the kitchen," starts Sam Harris. "Durability, hygiene and maintenance are just as important as appearance.

"Quartz and porcelain surfaces are a great option due to their durability and low-maintenance. They’re non-porous, highly resistant to stains and scratches, and better suited to the demands of everyday kitchen use, while still offering a premium finish.”

“Surfaces also need to be chosen for the way the kitchen will be used every day. In a chef’s kitchen, worktops have to cope with chopping, hot pans, plating, cleaning and constant use, so materials such as quartz, porcelain, stainless steel or natural stone can all be appropriate," adds Charlotte Butler, "depending on the look and the level of maintenance the homeowner is comfortable with.”

“Worktop style also helps define the character of the room," notes Alex Main, so it's important to make sure the type of worktop you choose still falls in line with your kitchen design ideas.

"A thick solid wood worktop can introduce warmth and craftsmanship, while marble or quartz creates a more refined, contemporary feel," he advises. "In many chef’s kitchens, we often see a combination of materials across different zones to balance practicality with design."

Of course it's not just worktop surfaces that matter though. A busy kitchen will have a high number of contact areas, so you need to choose materials that will cope with this level of contact.

“The materials that feel the most ‘professional’ in a home kitchen are those which are durable, tactile and age well," suggests Peter Sidwell, noting how, "matt finishes, solid cabinetry, and proper handles or pulls," are all worth considering.

"Professional kitchens are built to last and the best home-based chef's kitchens borrow that mindset," he says.

5. Choose your appliances carefully

Although it might be tempting to kit out your kitchen with professional-grade kitchen appliances, this can add substantial amounts to your kitchen costs, and may not be entirely appropriate for a domestic kitchen.

Instead, it's about thinking smarter so you can work harder say the experts.

"I am a keen cook and the things I feel are the most important to me are a good reliable gas hob and a large electric oven," notes Helen Parker, creative director at deVol. While Peter Sidwell agrees that it's about choosing appliances that you'll use every day, not ones that look good but you don't use.

"Pick a reliable oven, a solid hob and good kitchen extraction," advises Peter. "I prefer a hob in the island with built-in downdraft extraction, because it keeps the cook connected with the room rather than facing away from it. Overhyped gadgets tend to promise shortcuts but rarely improve your cooking. Simple, well-made equipment always wins.”

Of course, if you really are at a professional level with your cooking, then you may choose to invest in the latest technology, in which case Alex Main notes how, "for serious cooks, a high-performance cooker or induction system is often the centrepiece.

"Induction cooking has become increasingly popular thanks to its speed, precision, energy efficiency and cleaner aesthetic. A V-ZUG oven is also a great option," he suggests, "due to its minimalist design and advanced technology, particularly in steam cooking," says Alex.

"Boiling water taps, warming drawers and commercial-style extraction systems for better kitchen ventilation can all improve functionality considerably," adds Sam Harris, but when choosing appliances, don't forget that they are only as good as the rest of your kitchen design, says Charlotte Butler.

"They should support the flow of the kitchen rather than lead the design;" she says. "A powerful oven or professional-style hob will only perform at its best if there is generous prep space beside it, strong extraction overhead and the right storage close to hand."

6. Place extra focus on your kitchen lighting

While you'll never walk into a dark chef's kitchen in professional setting, bright, glaring lights in a home-based one aren't the answer either. So how do you get the lighting right in a chef's kitchen where cooking is so important?

“A chef’s kitchen needs layered lighting that combines task, ambient and accent illumination," says Sam Harris. "And, ideally, the kitchen lighting should be flexible enough to transition from food preparation during the day to entertaining in the evening," he adds.

"Choose task lighting for preparation and cooking areas, ambient lighting to create overall balance and comfort, and accent lighting to highlight cabinetry and shelving," advises Alex Main.

"If you can’t see what you’re doing, you’ll never enjoy cooking," adds Peter Sidwell. "You can have the best appliances in the world, but without lighting in place, the kitchen won’t work," he warns.

Try this kitchen lighting with your chef's kitchen ideas

FAQs

Does a chef's kitchen need to be big?

It's easy to assume that a chef's kitchen only works if it's generous in size, but in most cases, it's about quality over quantity say our experts.

"Size does matter in a chef’s kitchen, but not necessarily in the way people think," explains Alex Main. "A larger kitchen can certainly create a more comfortable cooking environment, particularly when entertaining or cooking with family or friends. However, what matters most is how the space is designed.

"A well-planned kitchen of any size can function beautifully when the layout is carefully considered. Ultimately, thoughtful design will always outperform unnecessarily large spaces," he says.

"Some of the best chef’s kitchens are surprisingly compact spaces," agrees Sam Harris, "however additional space does allow for features such as larger islands, pantry storage or multiple cooking zones," he notes.

There's also a risk with larger kitchens that haven't been carefully planned, adds Charlotte Butler. "A smaller kitchen can work beautifully if every area has been carefully planned, while a large kitchen can become frustrating if the key working points are too far apart."

What can make a chef's kitchen feel more homely?

"I would like to think a kitchen designer would automatically create functional, useful and beautiful areas within a kitchen for any client," says Helen Parker, "but I also think everyone needs a good kitchen table. For the keen cook, having friends and family around you as you cook and socialise is absolutely paramount to a happy cook and a happy family. The biggest joy of cooking is sharing the time, the food and the experience with other people," she shares.

"Simplicity is the key to a timeless kitchen" adds Helen. "Beautifully made, reliable cupboards and a dedicated pantry area are very important. Pots and pans that will last a lifetime and a beautifully considered lighting arrangement that makes the best of every moment you spend in your kitchen, will all make your kitchen a space you want to spend time in."

Should I have a chef's kitchen and a normal kitchen?

Although it's perfectly feasible to create a chef-style kitchen in one designated room using the above suggestions, if space isn't limited, or you're embarking on a self build or kitchen extension, and are yet to determine your final floorplan, you do have options.

"One of the biggest shifts we’re seeing is towards back kitchens or concealed prep areas," says Sam Harris. "These are spaces that allow the main kitchen to remain calm and uncluttered, while the practical work happens behind the scenes.

"It’s a concept taken directly from professional hospitality designs and increasingly popular in luxury homes," he explains.

Considering a chef's kitchen concept when renovating? Don't forget to consider these key practicalities for any kitchen renovation scheme, and with flooring such an important part of your kitchen design, make sure you avoid these kitchen flooring types in a high-traffic area.

A major crackdown has been launched on the cutting of engineered stone used in kitchen worktops following concerns over exposure to deadly silica dust.

The Health and Safety Executive (HSE) has banned dry cutting and says safer water suppression methods must now be used to control harmful dust.

More than 1,000 inspections are being rolled out across Great Britain to enforce the new guidance.

Unsafe cutting method banned

The HSE has confirmed that dry cutting engineered stone is unacceptable, warning that it can expose workers to dangerous levels of respirable crystalline silica (RCS), a dust linked to the lung disease silicosis.

The regulator says businesses must now switch to safer methods such as water suppression systems, which reduce dust during cutting and fabrication.

Mike Calcutt, from the HSE, said the risks are clear: “Silicosis is incurable, but it is entirely preventable. No worker should lose their life to a lung disease caused by their job.”

He added that some firms are still failing to meet basic safety standards: “Many businesses are not putting the right controls in place, they are still using engineered stone with high silica content, and dry cutting, which must stop.”

This decision follows previous calls to ban kitchen worktops made from artificial stone.

Nationwide inspections underway

The HSE has begun a large inspection programme targeting businesses that manufacture and fit engineered stone kitchen worktops.

Over the next year, inspectors will carry out more than 1,000 visits across Great Britain, with enforcement action expected for companies that fail to comply.

Mike Calcutt warned employers that checks are already happening: “The guidance is now published, the expectations are clear, and our inspectors are coming.”

Inspectors will assess whether businesses are using approved dust controls, providing protective equipment, and meeting legal safety duties.

Some companies have already taken their own significant action, with Herringbone becoming the first UK kitchen company to ban high-silica quartz.

Why action is being taken

Engineered stone, widely used in kitchen worktops, can contain up to 95% crystalline silica. When cut or shaped, it can release fine dust that can be deeply inhaled.

The HSE says recent cases, including the deaths of two young workers from silicosis, have highlighted the severity of the risk and prompted urgent intervention.

Sir Stephen Timms, Minister for Social Security and Disability, said: “Every worker deserves to come home safe, without fear of losing their life to a preventable, deadly lung disease caused by their job.”

The regulator says the new rules aim to prevent further cases by ensuring safer working practices become standard across the industry.

Choosing the right flooring for your kitchen is one of the most important decisions you'll make. Unlike other spaces in the home, the kitchen demands a floor that can handle constant moisture, temperature changes, heavy foot traffic and the inevitable spills that come with daily cooking.

While it can be tempting to choose based on looks alone, the wrong choice can be a costly one, both to repair and to replace. And with so many options on the market, it's not always obvious which materials to steer clear of.

To help you avoid an expensive mistake, we asked flooring designers and kitchen experts to share the worst kitchen flooring choices you can make, and why you should think twice before laying them.

What are the worst types of flooring for a kitchen?

Aside from installing carpet in a kitchen – which virtually every expert agrees is a hygiene and moisture disaster waiting to happen – two materials come up time and again as the worst kitchen flooring choices: solid wood and low quality laminate. Both are popular choices that can look great, but in a working kitchen, both tend to disappoint.

Why solid wooden floors may not be right

Stephen Latham, managing director at J2 Flooring, explains why solid wood struggles in kitchens. "As a natural material, solid wood responds to changes in heat and humidity, which are hard to avoid with regular cooking and cleaning. Over time, that movement can lead to gaps forming, slight warping, or the finish starting to look uneven."

Christof Schirlbauer, managing director at Waxed Floors, agrees: "Installing solid hardwood is the most common mistake we see in kitchens. It looks beautiful in a showroom, but solid wood is highly susceptible to moisture and humidity, and kitchens are one of the most demanding environments in any home. Steam from cooking, water from the sink and the constant thermal cycling from ovens and dishwashers cause solid boards to expand, contract and cup over time."

Laminate flooring can be impractical in kitchens

Laminate flooring has its own set of problems. While it's a cheap kitchen flooring choice, Stephen Latham points out that it comes with its own limitations.

"The joins between boards are more vulnerable," he explains. "Even small amounts of moisture from spills or cleaning can work their way into those edges, which can affect the core of the board and lead to swelling or lifting."

And Christof Schirlbauer adds a practical warning for anyone already living with laminate in a kitchen. "Once a laminate kitchen floor is damaged, the whole floor tends to need replacing rather than spot-fixing, which is a costly lesson to learn."

The flooring finishes that never live up to expectations

Some of the worst kitchen flooring finishes are also some of the most visually striking. High-gloss surfaces, polished porcelain, and kitchen floor tiles with very light grout can all look stunning at the point of purchase, but life in a busy kitchen quickly tells a different story.

Stephen Latham explains more. "High-gloss finishes can look very clean and polished initially, but in day-to-day use, they tend to highlight everything from watermarks and grease splashes to footprints and general traffic. That contrast can catch people off guard once they start living with it."

"Highly polished porcelain can also be incredibly slippery when wet, which is a major safety concern in a kitchen," adds Will Frankling, co-founder of Kitchen Makeovers. And he also flags a subtler issue. "Very light-coloured grout often discolours quickly, ruining the aesthetic."

The problem, as Stephen notes, is that wear rarely happens evenly. "Materials that rely on a very uniform appearance can also change quite quickly in a kitchen setting. Wear tends to develop in specific areas, like near the kitchen sink or along main walkways," he explains, "so over time you can end up with visible variation across the floor rather than a consistent finish."

The kitchen floors that are hardest to keep clean

Some of the most popular kitchen flooring choices are also the most demanding to maintain, and, once again, the problem often only becomes apparent once you start living with them.

Will Frankling points to texture as a key culprit here: "Deeply textured kitchen floor tiles or rough natural stone can trap dirt and grease in the crevices, making them difficult to mop. High-gloss dark tiles are also a challenge as they show every water mark and smear."

Neel Bradham, CEO of Parador Flooring, also highlights the issue of porosity. "Unsealed wood, natural stone with porous finishes, and some budget laminates without proper water resistance struggle with humidity and liquid exposure." The result is a floor that not only stains easily but becomes harder to clean over time as residue works its way into the surface.

And Stephen Latham adds that the cleaning products you use can compound the problem. "Some materials are also less forgiving when it comes to cleaning products. Using the wrong solution repeatedly can affect the finish, which is something people don't always realise until the floor starts to lose its original look."

Shop floor cleaning appliances

The most common kitchen flooring mistakes

Even with the best intentions, homeowners often make the same mistakes when choosing kitchen flooring. The root cause, as Neel Bradham explains, is a tendency to lead with looks.

"Common mistakes include prioritising appearance over water resistance, underestimating how often spills happen, choosing materials that aren't properly sealed, and overlooking ease of cleaning in textured or grout-heavy surfaces."

That same mindset can extend to practical oversights too. Will Frankling notes that when laying kitchen floor tiles many homeowners fail to consider the subfloor at all, with heavy tiles laid on an unreinforced base often leading to cracking further down the line.

But perhaps the most overlooked mistake is one that has nothing to do with the floor itself. Christof Schirlbauer urges homeowners to think beyond the kitchen when making their choice.

"A kitchen that flows into a living or dining area needs flooring that reads as cohesive across the whole space. Choosing a separate material for the kitchen creates a visual break that makes both areas feel smaller and less connected than they could be."

What are the best alternative kitchen floors?

While solid wood, laminate and textured tiles are out, the good news is that better options are widely available. Most experts point to luxury vinyl tile (LVT), such as Karndean flooring as the best flooring for kitchens.

Neel Bradham puts it simply: "Kitchen vinyl is water-resistant, comfortable underfoot, and easy to clean. High quality choices can also offer a convincing wood look, but with better scratch resistance and improved spill tolerance."

Stephen Latham has seen enough cautionary tales to know what works. "LVT flooring is designed with a sealed surface and a stable core, so it doesn't react in the same way to moisture or temperature changes. It also offers a more consistent, easy-to-maintain finish, which is often what people are looking for once they've experienced the limitations of other materials."

Planning a kitchen renovation or rethinking your kitchen layout? Flooring is one of the most impactful decisions you'll make, and one of the most expensive to get wrong. Getting it right from the start will save you both money and stress further down the line.

If entertaining is one of the main activities in your kitchen, you're in for a treat. Bantry ideas are the newest kitchen trend, and perfect for homeowners who love to socialise in the heart of the home.

Combining all the ingredients you need to make, serve and present drinks without sacrificing on storage space, a bantry is the perfect hybrid of pantry and bar.

And, it doesn't necessarily need to be a bar linked to alcohol either – tea, coffee and soft drinks are just as at home in this clever use of kitchen cabinetry. But be warned, these bantry ideas could mean you might just want to change your kitchen design.

1. Include a sink in your bantry for practicality

If you like to create zones in your kitchen layout, making sure you have everything you need in each area makes sense. It saves you flitting between the zones in order to complete the task.

As drinks are one of the main focuses of a bantry, including a sink is the sensible option if you are designing your kitchen from scratch. It means you can run the necessary plumbing during the construction phase for a sink and any small kitchen appliances, such as a coffee machine, that can also be plumbed into the water supply.

It's a practical solution that will also save you carrying liquids from your kitchen sink, that may well be on the other side of the room.

2. Think about where to position a built-in bantry

Choosing where to place a built-in bantry is key to its success says Jane Everett, creative director at Naked Kitchens, meaning you shouldn't just place it wherever there's space for one.

"When planning the layout, the bantry should be placed to maximise workflow but minimise congestion," says Jane. "A spot that transitions from the main kitchen work area to an open-plan living or dining space works beautifully, allowing guests to access drinks without interrupting food preparation.

"Bantries work best when thoughtfully positioned within the flow of the kitchen, particularly close to key entertaining zones," adds Adrian Stoneham, managing director of Stoneham Kitchens. "Integrating one into a run of tall cabinetry allows it to sit seamlessly within the overall design, maintaining a clean, cohesive look."

3. Or, fit a bantry in an under-utilised corner

If your kitchen diner is set up with entertaining at its core, slotting a bantry idea into a wasted corner could be the feature you didn't even know you needed.

"A standalone bantry can be used to create more of a focal feature, adding both character and functionality," says Adrian Stoneham.

"Positioning it near a kitchen island or sociable seating area ensures everything is within easy reach, supporting both food prep and at-home entertaining."

For a standalone option that could fulfil the brief of a bantry, try this Inglesham White Oak Double Larder from The Cotswold Company.

4. Contrast finishes for visual interest

Even though your bantry cabinet doors may be closed most of the time, it doesn't mean you should neglect them when considering your kitchen colour scheme. Instead, see it as a way of adopting paint trends such as the peek-a-boo paint idea which uses bright or contrasting colours and materials to create an unexpected focal point.

Here, the coral of the glass-fronted cabinet provides a splash of colour to showcase glassware, while the wooden finish on the inside of the home bar section adds warmth to the navy kitchen idea.

Shop for coloured kitchenware for your bantry

5. Add mirrored shelves for extra light

With the inside of a bantry needing to be practical and functional (especially one that's used as a bar at nighttime), it's important to consider lighting in your main design brief say the experts.

"Integrated lighting is also becoming increasingly common, illuminating the interior so the space feels purposeful and inviting rather than simply a storage cupboard," notes Richard Davonport, founder and managing director of Davonport. "It transforms what was once a purely practical pantry into something that feels far more sociable and engaging."

Glass shelves and a mirrored splashback can also serve a dual purpose in bantry ideas by not only looking stylish, but ensuring any light within the space is maximised.

"Integrated LED strips, positioned vertically or horizontally, will not only enhance visibility but also elevate the overall look," adds Adrian Stoneham, "creating a warm, inviting feature within the kitchen."

Try adding these Warm White COB LED Strip Light with Touch and Hand Sweep Dimmer Switch for Cabinets to boost your bantry or kitchen accent lighting.

6. Include drawers for practical pantry storage

With its double identity, a bantry is expected to work pretty hard in your kitchen, fulfilling the role of host and store.

“This type of cabinetry kitchen storage should be designed with layers of functionality in mind," says Richard Davonport. "Deep drawers might store snacks, cereals, and dry goods, while upper shelving accommodates glassware or decorative bottles, and a durable work surface inside the cupboard creates space for making coffee in the morning or mixing drinks later in the day."

But where do you start? "Consider what you’ll be housing, from dry goods to glassware, and communicate this clearly with your kitchen designer so cabinetry can be tailored accordingly," advises Adrian Stoneham.

"Personalised detail, such as engraved drawer fronts for items like bread, pasta or treats, can also provide a practical solution, and a sense of understated luxury," he adds.

7. Make it hard-wearing and practical

While a fun neon light or a contrasting colour can bring a lovely aesthetic to your bantry ideas, it needs to be practical, and fit in with your overall kitchen ideas too, especially if the bantry is located among the rest of your kitchen cabinets.

"The first design tip we give homeowners is to ensure the internal materials align with the main kitchen," says Jane Everett. "We recommend integrating a counter-height shelf made from a durable material like quartz, or a complementary timber worktop to tie the space together."

Or, as is in this idea, you can extend your kitchen worktop choice inside a counter-top cupboard that's being designed as a bantry.

"A functional bantry should always include a few key components," she continues. "For the pantry element, dedicated housing for small appliances with electric sockets at the rear is essential, allowing them to be used in situ. For the bar side, dedicated wine or bottle storage and elegant glassware shelving or hanging rails are a really lovely addition. Interior lighting really elevates the bantry too."

8. Place a wine fridge below

Although including kettles, coffee machines and blenders inside a bantry will enhance its useablilty, where space permits, a wine fridge located below the worktop can also be worth the investment.

Or, if you have the room available, including an integrated fridge and freezer could also turn your bantry into a more practical bar, small pantry and cold store too. Perfect for drinks, snacks, ice and more will turn your bantry into a truly multi-functional kitchen hub.

This HiSense Wine Cooler from Argos can hold up to 96 litres of drinks if you need one to enhance your kitchen bantry.

9. Consider an extended bantry wall

If your kitchen truly is the heart of your home, and life revolves around the space from day into night, it could be worth designing a bantry that suits your lifestyle – even if this means making it larger and the focal point of your room.

Here, a sink, drinks storage, coffee machine, copious amounts of storage and elegant gold trims and finishes make this bantry idea a real hive of activity, and it's a concept that Richard Davonport has seen grow amongst homeowners.

“Entertaining at home has become more relaxed and integrated into daily life, rather than reserved for formal occasions, and homeowners increasingly want spaces that make hosting feel effortless," explains Richard.

"Having a dedicated cupboard where everything needed for drinks, coffee, or snacks is gathered in one place means guests can be served without disrupting the wider kitchen.

"Traditionally, a walk-in pantry was a purely practical space for food storage, while drinks and glassware might sit in a separate bar cabinet or dresser elsewhere in the home. What we are now seeing is a merging of those roles in a way that supports both everyday routines and entertaining," he adds.

10. Use pocket doors for easy access

Although, as the previous idea shows, bantries can be as large as you want, smaller bantry ideas require extra planning, with features such as pocket doors proving advantageous.

"When designing a bantry, it’s important to balance practicality with visual appeal," says Adrian Stoneham. "Pocket doors are a great option, as they slide neatly out of sight when open, freeing up floor space and allowing the interior to be fully appreciated while in use."

Is there a minimum size for a bantry? It's much the same as any kitchen cabinet choice, with sizes ranging from 600mm upwards.

"We usually suggest the minimum space for a bantry (without pocket doors) is around 800mm wide which allows for two doors to open and not protrude into the room," says Jane Everett. "As a minimum, the internal space also needs to be wide enough for appliances," she notes.

If, like me, you're leaning towards a bantry in your next kitchen design, make sure you've planned ahead in order to avoid common kitchen layout mistakes so that it's placed in the best location.

And, when it comes to the internal design, take inspiration from these pantry organisation ideas to make sure you get the maximum use from your cabinets.

Mosaic tiles can instantly elevate a room’s appearance. Their versatility and design diversity make them a perfect companion for floors and walls in any living space. They can enhance your hallway flooring, elevate your kitchen design and underline any smart bathroom designs you desire.

However, there are some subtle differences to standard tiles that any DIYer needs to know, whether you're using mosaic tiles when tiling a wall, or any other kind of surface.

Most mosaics conveniently come with a mesh backing to take the hard work out of spacing, but you’ll still need the right tools and techniques to get a professional-looking finish.

Tools you’ll need to install mosaic tiles

The tools you need to install mosaic tiles will differ slightly from a standard tiling kit. For example, you will need the right size trowel, shares Lorenzo Smith, Head of Product at Ca’ Pietra. “A smaller-notched trowel is important, as it helps control the adhesive bed and prevents it from pushing up through the finer joints.”

Another key essential to get right is adhesive to make sure that your tiles stay in place. "A flexible tile adhesive is the safest and most dependable choice," says Lorenzo. "White adhesive is often preferred for glass, marble, or lighter finishes," he adds, "so that the tone beneath does not interfere with the final appearance.”

In addition to the right trowel and adhesive, you’ll also need scissors to cut the backing mesh, tile nippers to cut the actual tile (a standard tile cutter won’t work), a rubber grout float, and a large sponge such as these GADLANE Jumbo Car Wash Sponges from Amazon.

A spirit level and a straight edge such as this ZZTX 12 Inch Stainless Steel Ruler from Amazon are also essential to ensure straight lines.

Shop for tile tools to install mosaic tiles

How to install mosaic tiles

1. Apply adhesive

To apply the adhesive, you will need a 4mm notch trowel.

"Spread in smaller sections so that it remains workable and applied at a consistent angle to ensure an even bed," says Lorenzo Smth.

One smart tip is to slightly flatten the ridges before placing the tile. Once the tile is in place, press down with a grout float or a similar-sized piece of board to help ensure good adhesion and a level surface.

2. Lay from the centre outwards

Although it can depend on the area being tile, as a general rule, start in the centre recommends Lorenzo Smith.

“With mosaics, beginning from the centre and working outwards often delivers the most composed result. This is especially true on splashbacks or feature walls, where symmetry is more apparent.

“That said, everything depends on a reliable starting point," he adds. “A perfectly level guide line is essential before any tile is fixed in place. Whether you begin from a central axis or a key edge such as a worktop, taking the time to establish that reference will define the accuracy of everything that follows.”

If you do start centrally, make sure to measure up (or dry-lay if possible) and see where the tile edges will fit against walls and surfaces. Luckily, mosaic sheets are pretty flexible, so you often don’t need to cut the tile, just the mosaic mesh, to get a good fit.

“It is also worth checking each sheet before installation," adds Lorenzo, "as small irregularities can sometimes occur during manufacturing, and these are far easier to correct before the tiles are fixed in place.”

3. Keep a consistent gap

The backing sheet of a mosaic ensures consistent spacing between the individual mosaics. However, when a sheet is placed on the adhesive and pressed into place, the mosaics can shift and twist slightly, so they are not always perfectly aligned.

Check by eye to see whether any of the mosaics are out of line. To ensure consistent alignment, I use a straight edge, a 30cm steel ruler, and place it in the gap and adjust any mosaic. I do this vertically and horizontally if needed.

Time spent at this point will ensure you don’t need to adjust later, which will be more difficult and time-consuming.

4. Cut in the correct way

When dealing with mosaic tile sheets, you rarely need to cut the actual mosaic tile, but if you do, there is a process to follow.

The first step is to, "cut the mesh backing first with scissors or a craft knife to separate the tiles you need," says Harriet Goodacre, interiors and tiling expert at Topps Tiles.

Make sure to measure and double-check before you cut so you don’t remove too many tiles. I can tell you from experience that it gets fiddly if you do, and have to start adding individual mosaics to complete a job.

If you need to make small cuts, you’ll need tile nippers, confirms Harriet. “For shaping, tile nippers are the easiest option, especially for curves or small adjustments. You simply cut away at the mosaic little by little, then smooth any rough edges with a file," she says.

I suggest a round file for curves and a flat file for straight edges. This will make sure your bathroom tile ideas look much more professional.

If however you need to make a straight cut across a full mosaic sheet, the best option is an electric tile cutter. To help ensure a straight cut, I apply wide masking tape to the front and back of the mosaic sheet where the cut will be made. This helps stop the mosaics from moving while being cut.

“It’s also worth remembering to wear gloves and safety glasses while cutting, particularly with glass mosaics, as small shards can break away," advises Harriet.

Shop these mosaic tiles for walls and floors

FAQs

Should I use tile spacers?

Tile spacers are a must when installing standard tiles, but mosaics are slightly different. Lorenzo Smith points out where best to use, saying, “tile spacers can be useful between sheets, particularly if you are less familiar with mosaic installation, though they are rarely needed within the sheets themselves.”

Personally, I think it’s easier to judge the gap by eye. But if in any doubt, use a spacer at both edges of the mosaic tile sheet to get an even gap.

The common gap between the mosaics is 2mm, so invest in a pack of 2mm tile spacers like these OX Trade Cross Shaped Tile Spacers from Amazon.

How do I choose the right mosaic tiles?

Choosing the right mosaic tile is the key to a smart finish. Alex Woods, bathroom expert at Victorian Plumbing, shares how to choose the right mosaic tile for your project.

“When deciding on your tiles, I would recommend holding a few options up against your wall or floor first to see how they look in the actual lighting of the room. Natural and artificial light can change how colours appear, so it’s worth checking before you commit.” Consider investing in a few different samples before you commit to purchasing.

“Mosaic tiles are typically small, busy patterns that can make a space feel more detailed and textured, while larger or simpler designs create a cleaner, more modern look," says Alex, "so it’s also important that the tile design suits the space. For example, lighter colours can make small bathrooms feel bigger, while darker tones can add contrast and style in larger areas.”

Lorenzo Smith's final tips for installing mosaic tiles? It's a simple tip, but it's essentially don’t rush.

“Take the time to step back and assess your progress at regular intervals," says Lorezo. This allows you to maintain a consistent finish, ensuring the final result feels cohesive and carefully executed.”

Mosaic tiles work well in bathrooms and kitchens and can add a whole new nuance to a room. Check out how to make the most of them in in these spaces with this range of kitchen wall tile ideas, and bathroom tile ideas for small bathrooms.

That drawer full of old chargers, broken headphones and unused gadgets is something most households recognise.

What many people don’t realise is that UK law already gives them the right to recycle these items for free through shops and dedicated collection systems.

These rules come from the long-standing Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) regulations, which require businesses to take responsibility for recycling electrical waste.

At the same time, new Simpler Recycling reforms are changing how household waste is sorted across the UK, making it clearer what can and cannot go in general bins – and highlighting the need for separate routes for electrical items.

What can you take back under WEEE rules?

Under WEEE regulations, many everyday electrical items can be returned for recycling.

This includes small household electronics such as chargers, cables, headphones, kettles, toasters, phones, and other portable devices, as well as larger appliances like televisions and washing machines.

Retailers are legally required to provide recycling options for these items, either through in-store take-back schemes or when a customer buys a replacement product.

In many larger shops, small electrical items can also be dropped off for recycling even without making a purchase.

How can you return recyclable electrical goods?

Recycling routes are built into the retail system. When buying a new electrical item, customers are usually entitled to return a similar old item for free recycling.

Many larger retailers also provide dedicated collection points for small electrical goods, such as cables and chargers. Online retailers are also required to support take-back arrangements, often through return or collection systems.

These responsibilities sit with businesses under UK government regulations, meaning households are not responsible for organising recycling infrastructure themselves – only for using the available options.

Why recycling rules are more in focus now

These recycling rights have existed for many years, but they are becoming more relevant as household waste systems change.

New Simpler Recycling rules across the UK aim to make bin rules easier to understand, but they also reinforce that electrical items must be kept out of general household waste and disposed of separately under WEEE rules.

As systems are streamlined, more attention is placed on specialist routes for everyday electrical items such as chargers, cables and small gadgets.

At the same time, government policy continues to highlight retailer take-back schemes and collection points as the main legal way to handle electrical waste outside the home.

As household waste rules tighten, the distinction between general recycling and specialist electrical waste is becoming more visible – reinforcing the importance of using the recycling routes that are already available.

It looks harmless enough going into the recycling bin and is the kind of everyday decision most people don’t think twice about.

But shredded paper is now at the centre of a growing warning from waste companies due to new Simpler Recycling reforms, which say this one small habit could be causing bigger problems than homeowners realise.

The reality is that it shouldn’t be going into recycling bins loose at all, and what happens to it afterwards is often not what people expect.

Why shredded paper causes problems in recycling systems

According to industry guidance aligned with Defra’s household recycling policies, recycling facilities are designed to process larger, recognisable pieces of material.

Once paper is shredded, it becomes lightweight, fragmented, and difficult to capture. Waste companies, such as Veolia and Biffa, have explained that shredded paper can:

• Fall through sorting machinery designed for intact paper
• Mix with other recyclable streams such as plastics, glass, paper and cardboard
• Reduce the overall quality of recovered paper fibres

The result is that material which is technically recyclable can become unusable once it enters the sorting process.

Defra’s Simpler Recycling framework stresses that clean, consistent recycling streams are essential to improving national recycling performance and reducing waste sent for disposal.

What happens if homeowners put shredded paper in recycling bins?

For households, the consequences depend on how local collection services handle contamination. Still, under the Environmental Protection Act 1990, certain powers exist to penalise households that do not comply with the rules.

If a bin is heavily contaminated by shredded paper, councils can:

• Leave it unemptied with a warning sticker
• Ask you to remove incorrect materials before the next collection
• Give written warnings for repeated contamination
• Provide advice notices explaining the correct recycling rules

In practice, this means a small amount of incorrectly placed shredded paper can have a wider impact on the recycling collected from an entire street or neighbourhood.

While some local authorities may allow shredded paper if it is contained properly within your recycling, this is not uniform. Guidance varies between councils, including those across London, where borough-level collection rules differ.

Most councils advise homeowners to check their specific recycling instructions rather than assume it is accepted.

Sort your shredded paper efficiently

Environmental impact of incorrect disposal

Defra has warned that contamination in household recycling streams remains one of the biggest barriers to improving recycling efficiency in the UK.

When shredded paper is incorrectly placed in recycling bins, it can lead to:

• Increased waste being diverted to landfill or incineration
• Higher carbon emissions from additional sorting and transport
• Reduced quality of recycled materials, making them harder to reuse

Waste operators including Veolia and Biffa have also highlighted that contaminated paper streams lower the value of recycled fibre, reducing its usability in producing new paper products.

Under Simpler Recycling, reducing this type of contamination is a key priority, with clearer rules intended to help households recycle more effectively.

As recycling systems become more standardised, experts say the message for homeowners is increasingly simple. Even familiar materials like paper need to be disposed of carefully once their form changes – and shredded paper is a clear example of where good intentions can lead to unintended environmental consequences. Organising your bins efficiently to reduce any possible contamination is a great place to start.

England’s Simpler Recycling reforms now require households to separate food waste as part of new national collection rules.

However, as the rollout continues, not all councils have fully delivered food waste caddies or weekly collections, leaving homeowners confused as to what they should do with their kitchen scraps.

In response, organisations and numerous local authorities have issued practical advice for households on six ways to manage food scraps safely until full services are in place.

1. Compost food scraps at home

The Waste and Resources Action Programme (WRAP) guidance encourages home composting as one of the most effective ways to manage organic food waste outside formal collection systems.

Fruit and vegetable peelings, tea bags, coffee grounds and eggshells can all be composted. WRAP describes this as part of the UK “waste hierarchy,” turning food scraps into a useful soil improver.

Many councils also actively support composting through local schemes. Bristol City Council and Leeds City Council, along with numerous other local authorities across England, promote home composting in their waste reduction advice and link residents to discounted compost bins through national partnerships such as the Get Composting scheme.

Alternatively, this Large Outdoor Wooden Compost Bin from B&Q is a stylish alternative if you're looking to include one in your garden plans.

2. Freeze food waste until collection

WRAP advises freezing surplus food or unavoidable scraps as a short-term storage method.

This helps reduce odours, slows decomposition and limits pest attraction to bins while households wait for full food waste collection services to be introduced.

Councils, including Leeds City Council and London borough authorities such as Camden Council, reference freezing as a practical interim solution during rollout phases.

Use these for kitchen food waste collection

3. Regrow food scraps at home

Some councils and organisations are encouraging food regrowing as part of wider food waste reduction schemes.

This is supported in UK food waste prevention messaging, including the national Love Food Hate Waste campaign, run by WRAP, which encourages households to make better use of food before it is thrown away as part of efforts to reduce edible food waste.

At a local level, councils including Bristol City Council and Leeds City Council also include regrowing food scraps within their household waste reduction and sustainability advice, as part of broader guidance on reducing food waste at source.

4. Use general waste bins where food collections are not yet active

Where food waste services have not yet been fully rolled out, and with up to 79 councils being delayed until 2040 at the earliest to deliver on the food waste changes, exceptions have in some cases been made to allow food waste in general waste bins.

This is a transitional measure while caddies are delivered and weekly food waste collections are fully implemented under Simpler Recycling.

However, it is important to check with your local council if you are allowed to do this, as you could, although very unlikely, be fined if you place waste in the general waste bin.

5. Reuse food scraps for household uses

WRAP and local authority guidance highlight that some food by-products can be reused outside of cooking and disposal.

Citrus peel can be used in natural cleaning infusions, while coffee grounds are widely referenced by councils – including Leeds City Council – for gardening, composting and odour control. Coffee grounds in particular can be used in the garden as a mulch for your plants.

These practices form part of wider circular economy approaches promoted in UK waste policy.

6. Reduce food waste at source

The most widely recommended step in reducing household food waste is prevention at source – something WRAP, which leads national food waste monitoring through the Courtauld Commitment for DEFRA, says remains the most effective way to cut waste overall.

WRAP’s guidance highlights simple actions such as meal planning, correct food storage, using leftovers and freezing surplus food as key ways to stop food becoming waste in the first place, rather than dealing with it after disposal.

A spokesperson for waste management firm Divert said the rollout is changing how households understand their waste: “The new Simpler Recycling regulations have been a great eye-opener for many people into how much food we actually waste as a nation. When food waste gets mixed in with your general waste, it’s hard to understand the scale, but once it’s separated, you will start to realise just how much we throw away.”

Divert added that once households begin separating food waste, many are surprised by the volume produced, particularly in larger households where standard caddy sizes fill quickly.

As Simpler Recycling continues to roll out across England, councils are still working to complete food waste caddy distribution and expand weekly collections.

In the meantime, households are being encouraged to manage scraps through composting, regrowing, reuse, freezing, and temporary general waste disposal where necessary.

But as WRAP, DEFRA and waste experts, including Divert, emphasise, the biggest long-term shift is not just how food waste is collected – but reducing how much is created in the first place.

I thought I was clear about paper and cardboard recycling rules, but it turns out that my coffee drinking habit is putting me at risk of breaking the rules.

Think that under the new Simpler Recycling guidelines your disposable paper coffee cup and lid are safe to put in the paper and cardboard bin if they're rinsed? Think again.

Coffee cups are not suitable for your recycling bins, and neither are some other common household paper and cardboard items, including non-food related products. Here's what you need to think about before casually discarding the paper and cardboard that comes into your home.

What items are banned from paper and cardboard recycling?

While it's easy to assume that your paper coffee cup and lid – commonly served by most high street coffee shops or cafes – is safe to pop in your paper and cardboard recycling as it's not plastic, in short, it's not.

In hindsight, it doesn't take a lot to work this out. Paper or cardboard alone isn't any protection against liquid, so they aren't just made of paper, as Lucas Hargreaves, recycling expert at Skip Hire Network, explains.

"Most takeaway coffee cups can’t go in standard UK recycling because they’re lined with plastic. That lining makes them tricky to process. Some popular coffee chains do offer in-store recycling, but if you’re at home, 'paper' coffee cup and lids are usually best placed in general waste, unless your council says otherwise, so it’s always good to check your local regulations on this.”

There's also one other food related item says Lucas, that homeowners often forget about and happily dispose of in their recycling without realising the risk.

“There’s a big culprit in our households that people assume is recyclable but sometimes isn’t. Greasy pizza boxes usually can’t be recycled, unless you tear off the clean parts," he warns.

"Wet paper or cardboard often gets rejected as well, so any takeaway containers, cake boxes with greasy spots, or boxes that have become wet cannot be recycled.”

It's the same for paper straws too. Their size, and the fact they are generally coated with whatever liquid you drink through them prohibits them from entering the recycling stream. And, as we all know, they absorb liquid too so generally are pretty soggy by the time you've finished a drink.

However, most of them are biodegradable, which is good, but isn't without restrictions. Biodegradable items are now excluded from your food waste under the new rules, so you have to dispose of them in your general waste.

Other paper items that could be risky

So what other standard household items should you avoid placing in your paper and cardboard recycling?

Wrapping paper and greetings card have always been a grey area for me, so I asked Lucas to explain the rules for these items as well.

“It depends on the type of wrapping paper and greeting cards, and it can be tricky to know," he agrees. "Plain paper wrapping is usually recyclable, but anything with foil, glitter, or a shiny coating isn’t recyclable. The same goes for cards – plain cards are recyclable, but avoid trying to recycle ones with extras like ribbons, batteries or coatings.”

And what about tape, stickers, or any additional materials that form part of the paper or cardboard packaging that comes into your home?

“It’s best to remove as much as you can, especially larger bits of plastic or heavy sticky materials," says Lucas, "but if you can’t separate it completely – like small pieces of parcel tape, shipping labels or stickers, or stubborn, minor glue residue – most modern recycling can filter this out before processing.

"But, it’s always considered best practice to remove as much of this as possible before recycling so not to contaminate the load," he notes.

Shop these items to make waste management easier

Paper and cardboard recycling guidelines

So what else can you do to make sure you don't break the new paper and cardboard recycling guidelines? Even if your council is exempt from the changes for now, it's good to understand what can and can't go in your recycling.

In much the same way as there is advice regarding washing your plastics before they go in the recycling, paper and cardboard must also adhere to the rules to avoid contaminating the rest of the items in your recycling bag or box.

To keep your recycling on the right side of the guidelines, take heed of the following:

1. Flatten all boxes before putting them out. It saves space in your bin, speeds up collection and helps recycling teams process materials more efficiently.
2. Keep cardboard dry by storing it indoors or under cover until collection day.
3. Don't bag it before placing it into the dedicated bin, box or bag
4. Watch out for waxed, coated and foil-lined packaging as these generally can't go in the paper and card stream.
5. Check your council's guidance if you're unsure.

FAQs

Are there rules about the size and amount of paper and cardboard I can recycle?

“There aren’t strict size limits, but collection works best when everything fits nearly into your bin with the lid fully closed," says Lucas Hargreaves. "Large boxes should be flattened, and if needed, cut down into smaller pieces so they don’t get stuck or left behind during collection.

“If you’ve got extra cardboard, start by flattening and stacking it to make the most of the space," he suggests. "If it still won’t fit, you can spread it across a couple of collections. Alternatively, take it to a local recycling centre, where larger amounts are usually accepted without any issues.”

Do I need to remove my name and address from packaging?

Although the paper and cardboard you are recycling will go through a pulping process, as explained below, you still need to be conscious of sharing your personal details says Lucas Hargreaves.

“It’s worth removing anything with your name, address or account details on it, as items can still be visible during sorting. The easiest option is to tear off labels or cut out sections with personal info. For more sensitive documents, shredding is a safer choice. If you don’t have a shredder, just ripping paper into very small pieces works.”

What happens to paper and cardboard in the recycling process?

Once it leaves your home, what happens to the paper and cardboard you've recycled?

"In short, once collected, paper and cardboard are sorted and turned into pulp," says Lucas Hargreaves. "That pulp is then reused to make new products like packaging or newspapers, so it all goes back into use rather than being wasted."

With a Homebuilding & Renovating poll revealing that 4 in 5 homeowners are still confused by the new recycling rules, if you're still unsure as to the new rules, find out what happens if you put items meant for recycling into your general waste, and why most councils won't be able to charge for supplying you with recycling bins or bags.

While granite, marble and laminate are all commonly associated with kitchen worktops, homeowners are often less knowledgeable about soapstone.

Although the name may suggest it's not strong, it is in fact highly durable and more than up to the task of dealing with daily life in the heart of the home – and can even be used in other rooms too.

In this guide to what is soapstone, we explain what it is, its pros and cons, and take a look at its attributes so you can decide if it could be the best material for your kitchen worktop ideas.

1. What is soapstone?

Unlike its foamy namesake, soapstone is a hard-wearing natural material, as Paul Dore, managing director at County Stone explains.

"Despite the name, soapstone isn’t made from soap; it is a natural metamorphic stone and gets its name from the soft, smooth, almost soapy feel of the surface. It is not an engineered product and is quarried in slab form, and then cut and finished for installation. That means each piece is unique, with natural movement, shading and markings."

'It is primarily composed of talc," expands Olli Webb, director at Cullifords. "Once quarried, slabs are cut, shaped and finished, often for use as kitchen worktops."

"It forms over millions of years when heat and pressure alter mineral-rich rocks," continues Paul. "Soapstone also boasts varying amounts of other minerals, and it’s these additional minerals and the degree of metamorphism that affect its hardness. Harder types are preferred for kitchen worktops because they are more durable than pure talc soapstone."

2. What does soapstone look like?

In terms of appearance, it's known for its rich grey-to-charcoal tones, often with subtle veining, although it can have a blue or green tinge too. Visually, differences are mainly seen in shade and veining.

"There are different types of soapstone available," explains Paul Dore, "but these are usually defined by the quarry source and mineral content. Some slabs are darker charcoal grey, while others carry green, blue or brown undertones. Veining can range from subtle to dramatic too," he adds.

"Hardness also differs between slabs, which is why it’s important to work with an experienced fabricator who can source suitable grades for busy kitchen worktops," notes Paul.

Shop for kitchen worktops

3. Where can it be used?

While more commonly associated with kitchens, soapstone can also be used in other applications around the home.

"Soapstone is primarily used in kitchens – for worktops, kitchen islands and splashbacks," confirms Olli Webb, "but it also suitable for bathroom surfaces too, such as bathroom panelling ideas." Its high-end appearance makes it a good option if you're looking to create a luxurious master en-suite, or even a spa-like bathroom in line with this year's bathroom trends.

Some other uses, explains Paul, include, "fireplace surrounds and hearths, to create bespoke shelving and even for windowsills and home bar ideas."

4. What is it most like in terms of other materials?

In terms of what it can most be likened too when comparing it to other surface finishes, it's usually placed with worktop materials such as granite, quartz and marble, although it can have less variations in its appearance, and is generally a bit softer in terms of its physical make up.

"Soapstone sits somewhere between granite and marble in terms of appearance and perception," says Paul Dore. "It has the natural beauty and individuality of marble, but it tends to be more forgiving in day-to-day use.

"It is also often chosen as an alternative to honed granite because of its softer, matte appearance," he continues. "If a client wants something understated, tactile and characterful, soapstone is well worth considering. And, unlike quartz or other engineered surfaces, what you see is naturally formed, which gives every slab its own character, making it unique – in the same vein as granite."

5. What are its pros and cons?

As with any type of material that features in hard-working areas such as kitchens, it's important to weigh up its pros and cons. What looks good, doesn't always give you the most in terms of performance or stand the test of time with repeated use.

So how does soapstone stack up in terms of its good and bad points?

"Some of its appeal is that it's highly heat resistant, non-porous, hygienic, low maintenance and develops character over time," notes Olli Webb, "although as it has a softer surface, it scratches more easily than granite or quartz."

Paul Dore expands further, listing the following attributes along with some of the points you need to consider if using it in your home.

Pros of soapstone

➕ Beautiful natural veining and tonal variation

➕ Heat-resistant, making it practical in kitchens

➕ Generally resistant to acids

➕ Develops a unique lived-in patina over time

➕ Non-porous varieties can be lower maintenance than some natural stones

Cons of soapstone

➖ Softer than granite or quartz, so it can be scratched or marked more easily

➖ Colour palette is typically darker and more muted

➖ Natural fissures are common and part of the material’s character

➖ Less widely available in the UK than granite, quartz or porcelain

6. How much does it cost?

So do you have room for it in your kitchen costs? If you're looking for budget kitchen worktops, you'll probably need to consider something else such as a laminate worktop say the experts. Soapstone effect options such as this GoodHome Nepeta Multicolour Soapstone effect Compact Laminate Square edge Kitchen Worktop from B&Q can also give you the look without the price.

But, if you do have more funds available, soapstone could be an option, depending on a number of variables.

"Pricing varies depending on slab origin, thickness, availability and fabrication detail, but soapstone is often priced in line with mid-low end marble. Installation costs vary between installers, as well as the complexity of the installation," says Paul Dore.

"Much like similar, premium natural stones, like granite, it typically sits in the mid-to-high price range," confirms Olli Webb.

7. Is it sold under a brand name?

If you're keen to find it when you start looking into your kitchen design, your best bet is to ask for it by name, says the experts, rather than searching for a specific brand or manufacturer.

"It’s usually sold as a material, rather than under widely recognised consumer brands, though specialist suppliers may name specific slabs," say Olli Webb.

"Unlike quartz surfaces, which are often marketed under well-known brand names, soapstone is more commonly sold by quarry name, supplier range or stone variety rather than consumer-facing brands," agrees Paul Dore. "Homeowners usually choose the actual slab rather than shopping by brand alone."

While you may come across Silestone when searching for it online, don't make the mistake of assuming this is soapstone. Silestone is an engineered product designed to look like soapstone, which could be a solution if you wanted to include the appearance of soapstone in your design, but opt for a slightly harder-wearing manmade product instead.

8. What style of home or kitchen does it work best with?

The beauty of soapstone is that it can really work with any type of kitchen idea, although it will often come down to the colour variations available, and the visual appearance of it and whether this suits your personal preferences.

"Soapstone can work with all types of kitchens, but we tend to see it used more commonly in alongside shaker-style kitchen units, adding depth and contrast to kitchens, as well as contemporary and minimalist kitchens where the matte finish adds to the modern aesthetic," says Paul Dore.

"Our view is that soapstone suits homeowners who appreciate natural ageing and authenticity, rather than those wanting a perfectly uniform finish," he adds, and we often say to homeowners that soapstone is ideal for kitchens that want to add softness, rather than shine."

It may not be as widely used in the UK as other materials, but can also be perfect if you are looking for an understated, timeless kitchen, such as those using Scandinavian, traditional or minimalist influences, notes Olli Webb.

Seeking more advice on making sure your kitchen worktop selection is just right? Take a look at what you can expect to pay for other kitchen worktop prices, how to go about choosing the right kitchen worktop colour, and if you're leaning towards wood as an option instead, discover the truth about solid wood kitchen worktops.

Our kitchen extension was completed in the first phase of the renovation of our Edwardian cottage and remains the spot we all spend the most time in. It is the place everyone gravitates to in any social gathering, where the teenagers sit at the breakfast bar and unload the various dramas the day brought about and, of course, where we spend time cooking, clearing up and generally pottering about.

I think we realised that this would be the hub of the home even before it was finished which made getting it completed quickly a priority. This meant that we rushed some kitchen design decisions that we have later regretted. The window with glazing bars that are too chunky, wooden worktops around the sink and the undersized fridge-freezer, for example. Another of our kitchen renovation mistakes was that we totally neglected to think through the kitchen wall colours. Not only did we, on reflection, play it way too safe with our choice of cabinetry colours (green-grey and pearl white) but we also just slapped bright white (and very inexpensive) paint on the walls. This decision meant the walls are now covered with obvious grease splatters, tomato sauce stains and areas that have flaked – plus the room can look rather stark at times.

This is one area of the house that is way overdue redecoration and we plan on giving it not only a total makeover but also want to remodel its layout. With this in mind, I am keen that we get the colour scheme spot on next time, so I asked the experts which colours to avoid in a kitchen if we don't want to have to be thinking about doing it all again in a couple of years time – here's the shades they advised we steer clear of, and which hues to go with instead.

1. Cool, stony greys

Pale grey is a shade that has been noticeably absent from paint trends just lately – once seen as the perfect alternative kitchen wall colour to stark white, but now often viewed as a little cold and clinical.

"Grey has been hugely popular in the past, but overly cool, blue-based greys can leave a kitchen feeling cold, stark and uninviting," explains Paul Dore, managing director and kitchen expert at County Stone Ltd. "We often see this in newer developments where everything feels a bit too uniform – grey cabinets, flooring, walls. And while there are ways you can warm up the space with things such as rugs, wallpaper and accessories, incorporating cool tones on a large scale will always make a room feel cold."

"Flat, concrete-style greys can feel gloomy in UK light," agrees Samantha Davies, marketing director at The Kitchen Restoration Company. "We recommend using warm taupe, mushroom or layered neutrals instead – they offer that same modern minimalism but with a 'glow' that feels inviting year-round."

"If you are set on grey, try a warmer grey which has a brown, red or yellow undertone," suggests Paul Dore. "Alternatively, 'greige' gives you a similar look but with a more inviting finish. These also work far better with popular worktop colours and create a more balanced and lived-in feel."

2. Light-absorbing flat blacks

As kitchen trends go, black finishes and cabinetry are up there right now, proving that this is not a shade to be scared of. However, there are certain ways of using black if you want your kitchen to feel timeless.

"We love a dark kitchen when it’s done well, but flat, light-absorbing blacks can make a space feel heavy and closed in," warns Paul Dore. "This is particularly true in UK kitchens where natural light can be limited. These flat, matte dark colours also tend to show fingerprints and dust more easily.

"If you do love the look and feel of a deep, dark kitchen, we suggest opting for softer charcoals, off-blacks or deep navy tones instead," continues Paul. "These still give you that dramatic look but with more depth and warmth, especially when paired with a warm worktop to lift the scheme."

Shop alternatives to black

3. Overly bright, primary greens

Green has become an incredibly popular shade within the kitchen world in recent years, with sage green kitchen cabinets and deep forest tones being particularly in demand. However, there are certain shades of green that the experts I spoke to advised to avoid.

"Avoid high-saturation primary greens," says Samantha Davies. "Vibrant greens can quickly feel overwhelming. Sage and muted greens act as a 'new neutral', providing personality that homeowners don’t grow tired of after twelve months."

Al Bruce, founder of Olive & Barr, has some more advice on using green in the kitchen.

"Green as an accent colour brings life, nature, and freshness to your kitchen," says Al. "This colour is particularly suitable for modern, minimalistic, or rustic kitchens, depending on the intensity and saturation. From emerald green tiles to light sage, the possibilities are endless, and they will provide a much-needed visual break from the typical neutral colours you might find in other kitchens."

Shop green paint

4. Vivid, high-saturation colours

While it is tempting to think you can use bright shades to inject personality into your kitchen, if it is a timeless and easy-to-live with look you are after, eye-popping hues might not be the way to go.

"When thinking about colour in the kitchen, it is important to consider how a space will feel over time as well as how it looks in the moment," picks up Kate Palmer, creative director at The Painted Furniture Company. "While bold shades can be appealing, we would advise using caution with very bright colours such as strong reds, vivid yellows or neon tones. These can quickly become overpowering, especially in a space that is used every day."

Paul Dore echoes this advice. "Strong, bold colours like reds, greens or yellows can be tempting if you’re looking to make an impact. But when used across full cabinetry, they can quickly become overwhelming and date much faster than more neutral palettes. They can also clash with the natural variation you get in materials such as wood and stone."

So what does Paul suggest for those wanting to incorporate some of these stronger shades?

"We don’t ever completely steer people away from bold looks if that’s what they want, but we always advise using bold colours and patterns as accents, rather than across the full kitchen," says Paul. "For instance, opt for striking kitchen island ideas or choose bright or contrasting colours for inside cabinetry, or simply add pops of colour with accessories, while keeping the main scheme more timeless and adaptable to changing trends and tastes. After all, a well-considered colour palette will not only look better on day one, but still feel right years down the line."

5. All-white schemes

While none of the experts I spoke with suggested skipping white kitchen ideas altogether, the advice tended to be to ensure that white is pared with natural materials and warmer neutrals to avoid a clinical look.

"One of the most common pitfalls we see is relying on stark, flat whites throughout," reveals Cathryn Sanders, head of creative at Earthborn. "While they can feel fresh initially, they often lack warmth and can quickly start to feel clinical or one-dimensional, particularly in kitchens that don’t receive consistent natural light. Instead, softer off-whites or warm neutrals with subtle undertones tend to age much more gracefully, bringing a sense of depth and softness to the space."

Kate Palmer agrees. "Stark whites can sometimes lack warmth and character. A more considered approach is to look towards softer, more enduring shades. Muted greens, gentle blues, warm neutrals and chalky greys are all popular choices as they bring a sense of calm and work easily alongside natural materials."

Al Bruce explains that, rather than considering colour alone, you need to think about the finishes you introduce into the space too.

"Finishes are becoming more tactile, with low-sheen paints, honed marbles, and softly veined quartz that delicately reflect the light," says Al. "Metals are warmer with a timeless feel; brass and antique silver with an aged patina are favoured over a mirror polish. Earthy pastels create a welcoming feel, so expect hints of mushroom and soft pink, rather than cool whites."

FAQs

What are the best colours for a kitchen?

While certain colours can work better than others in a kitchen, this does depend on factors such as natural light levels, the kitchen layout ideas you have opted for. and the other finishes within the space, such as flooring and worktop materials. In short, there is not really a right or wrong colour – it is a considered decision that matters.

"The most important thing is choosing colours that make you happy. Trends will always come and go, but your kitchen should reflect your personal style and how you want the space to feel," points out Cathryn Sanders. "And it’s worth remembering that walls and cabinets aren’t forever. With a bit of preparation and the right paint, painting kitchen cabinets is easier than you might think.

"Ultimately, the most timeless kitchens tend to balance softness, warmth and subtle character, creating a space that evolves with you rather than dates around you,” adds Cathryn.

"While many experts give a 'hard pass' to certain shades, we argue that no colour is truly off-limits – it’s the finish and the application that usually fail," says Samantha Davies. "We’re seeing a shift where homeowners are moving away from rigid 'don't' lists and instead choosing evolved versions of bold trends."

"Remember not to only think of what you need from your kitchen now – look a little further ahead," adds Al Bruce. "If you opt for a colour that deeply resonates with your tastes and needs, rather than following fleeting trends, you can’t go far wrong and are guaranteed to love your kitchen for years to come.”

How can you use bright colours in the kitchen?

Colours can be one of the things that make a kitchen look dated prematurely but you can still use bold, bright shades, providing you take care where and how they are introduced.

"Highly saturated, trend-led brights can date quickly, especially when used across large areas," agrees Cathryn Sanders. "While bold colour has its place, it’s often more effective when used in smaller, considered moments such as on a kitchen island, inside shelving or through accessories."

"For those wanting to introduce more colour, freestanding kitchen ideas and pieces offer a flexible way to do so," suggests Kate Palmer. "A painted dresser, pantry cupboard or sideboard can act as a focal point and choosing a richer tone for one of these pieces is a lovely way to inject some colour, even if you decide to play it safer with other cabinetry. This approach also has the advantage of adaptability. Freestanding furniture can be updated or repositioned over time, making it easier to evolve a colour scheme without committing to a full redesign."

“Doors, finishes and accessories are one of the easiest elements to update,” says Samantha Davies. “That means people can enjoy colour and trends now, without worrying about being stuck with a look forever.”

When choosing colours for your kitchen be sure to take its dimensions into consideration. The best small kitchen colours will help make the most of the proportions of the space as well as lending a cosy vibe.

There are certain aspects of a kitchen that just make life run so much smoother, be that appliances, storage solutions or simply the way the space is arranged. In general, my kitchen is a pleasure to use, yet I'll hold my hands up and say that there are some smaller, more thoughtful, details that got left out of the initial plan but which would have made all the difference – and installing a pot filler is one of them.

Perhaps some of the features I'd dreamt off got skipped in the rush to get the project finished, or maybe I just didn't spend enough time doing my research when it came to designing a kitchen that met all our needs. Failing to fit a pot filler above the hob is one of my main regrets – along with the too-small fridge and high-maintenance timber worktops around the sink.

Happily, a kitchen refresh is on the horizon and this time, I'm getting that pot filler. I asked the experts what the job of retrofitting one would entail, both in terms of mess and disruption, as well as the potential issues I'm likely to face.

What is a pot filler?

Before getting into how to fit a pot filler, for those of you who haven't yet noticed what has, in the past year or so become one of the hottest kitchen trends around, let me explain what we're talking about here.

"A pot filler is basically a wall-mounted tap with a folding arm," explains Ian Wood, plumbing and drainage specialist at Reactive Plumbing & Drainage Ltd.

Helen Parker, creative director at deVOL, elaborates, highlighting their benefits. "The pot filler, firstly, looks great and brings an old Victorian-style gadget into modern-day kitchens," says Helen. "However, it also fits into a contemporary or rustic styled kitchen. It enables the cook to fill up large pans of water for pasta and vegetables directly on the stove, which, in our eyes, is such an advantage."

How are pot fillers installed?

I need no convincing how handy a pot filler above our hob would be – plus, in all honesty, I just like the way they look, adding a professional touch (even if I am not quite up to Nigella's level in the kitchen). However, I am keen to find out what installation entails.

"Installation involves running a dedicated cold water feed to the mounting point then fitting a solid fixing inside the wall so that the tap has proper support before connecting the valve and assembling the tap," explains Ian Wood. "You will just need to make sure the pipework is secure and the tap is properly supported because these taps get extended and folded regularly which puts a bit of strain on the fitting."

Sounds simple, but, given that I am renovating a kitchen rather than starting totally from scratch, I am aware things might not be as straightforward as they appear.

Shop pot fillers

Can you retrofit a pot filler?

Retrofitting anything is generally always a little more complicated than when starting out with a blank canvass, but when it comes to jobs that involve plumbing and electrics, things can start to get both messy and expensive. Is that the case with pot fillers?

"Retrofitting a pot filler is doable, but it's not a straightforward process," picks up Angelo Patrizi, kitchen fitter at Nuova Home Improvements. "A pot filler requires a cold water supply line to be run behind the wall and above the hob and, most importantly, at the right height.

"Retrofitting involves opening up the wall, plastering walls, repainting, and, potentially, retiling if it's a tiled splashback. It's a half-day to full-day job for an experienced kitchen fitter or plumber – not including restoring the wall which can add a fair amount of manual work."

"Its definitely doable but it really depends on what's behind the wall," adds Ian Wood. "The main job is running a cold water supply to the position above the hob so if there's already pipework nearby, for example from a sink on the same wall, it can be fairly straightforward to be honest. If not, you will probably need to run a new pipe through cabinets or behind plasterboard which means a bit more disruption. In most cases it is not a huge job but you should expect some wall access and possibly a bit of making good afterwards."

Potential issues when retrofitting a pot filler

It seems that retrofitting a pot filler can, in many cases, be less complicated than I had thought, although Ian Wood was careful to point out that there are obstacles that can arise.

"One of the biggest issues is access to pipework," explains Ian. "If the kitchen is already finished and tiled, getting a pipe to the hob wall can mean removing sections of wall covering.

"Another thing people don’t always think about is leaks," continues Ian. "Because the tap sits over the hob, any drips can land directly on the burners which is why good quality fittings and isolation valves are really important. This is why designing it in when planning a kitchen is by far the easiest route rather than adding it in later because the pipework can be installed before the walls are closed up. Retrofitting can still be done – it just needs a bit more thought and careful installation."

Angelo Patrizi also pointed out that getting the length of the arm on the pot filler just right was often an area where people go wrong. You need to ensure that it will comfortably reach your hob from the wall without you needing to manoeuvre the pot around too much, otherwise you are defeating the whole object of fitting one in the first place.

FAQs

Is a pot filler a good idea?

You may well be wondering why bother installing a pot filler all when your kitchen tap does the job just fine (plus, fitting a kitchen tap is generally simpler), but there are lots of benefits to fitting this additional water outlet.

"We think it is a very sensible plan to have additional water near your stove – it's practical and less hazardous than carrying huge pots of water across a room," points out Helen Parker. "If you have a stove-top kettle, it is also incredibly useful, giving you an additional water source in your kitchen right where you need it.

"It is a little luxury that is not too expensive," continues Helen. "As with all luxuries, it is good to consider if this will be of use to you and we find people with large range cookers, big families and a love of cooking are the most likely to include this tap in their kitchen redesign. Customers who have a love of 'big style cooking' and entertaining usually feel that this additional tap will be enormously helpful to them."

Installing a pot filler is just one of the kitchen updates I want to do. Also on the list is fitting an induction hob, adding more storage (that works harder) and investing in a boiling water tap. Spring is the perfect time to give your home a refresh, although also the time of year when trades tend to get booked up fast so it pays to get organised.

Not sure if laminate worktops are the right choice for your next kitchen project? They have a lot going for them and are a popular choice for everyday kitchens. Budget is a big player, but it is not just their price that makes them an appealing choice for bringing kitchen ideas to life.

A wide range of finishes enables laminate worktops to resemble other, usually more costly, worktops such as marble and wood. Perfect if you cannot afford the real thing. However, like most worktops, laminate worktops have some downsides, which we also examine here to help you decide whether they are suitable for your needs.

What is a laminate worktop?

Laminate worktops are one of the most popular options for kitchens. Steve Larkin, Kitchen expert and CEO of Kitchen Door Hub, explains what it is typically made from: “A laminate worktop is made from layers of paper saturated with resin that is fused to a core made from chipboard or MDF.”

To finish, Larkin adds, “The core then has a protective overlay and a decorative surface that can mimic other materials, such as stone.”

Will Frankling, co-founder of Kitchen Makeovers, points out, “The laminate typically mimics stone or wood at a fraction of the cost. And it suits budget-conscious renovations.”

A more recent addition to the laminate worktop market is compact laminate worktops. Andy Bray, construction expert and MD of Access Platform Sales, shares its makeup, “Compact laminate is HPL (High Pressure Laminate) all the way through, typically around 12 mm thick, denser and notably more water tolerant.”

MEET THE EXPERTS

Shop these standard laminate worktops

Pros and cons

Laminate worktops are typically the budget-friendly option for a kitchen renovation. Here, we look at the pros and cons.

+Lots of choice

There’s a lot of variety when it comes to laminate worktops, as Larkin shares, “Laminate worktops can be made in a wide range of colours and patterns, and they can also be used to mimic high-end surfaces like marble without looking too noticeably different.” Franklin expands on this, “You can find laminates that convincingly replicate oxidised metal, slate, timber, or even solid colours, fitting any interior design scheme.”

+DIY-friendly

Unlike stone worktops, laminate worktops are relatively easy to fit and can be tackled by a DIYer. All that is needed are the correct tools, such as a circular saw, jigsaw (like this Makita Orbital Action Jigsaw from Amazon), router, worktop jig, tape measure, spirit level, and a cordless drill (like this Ryobi ONE+ Cordless Combi Drill Starter Kit from Amazon) for installation.

+Affordable

Compared with other worktop types, laminate is typically the budget-friendly option, as Larkin shares, “Laminate worktops are more affordable but still offer a polished look.”

He adds, “As well as having a low upfront cost, laminate worktops can be cheaper in the long run as they do not require sealing, polishing or other professional upkeep.”

Frankling adds, “It allows homeowners to achieve the look of expensive marble, concrete, or wood without the associated price tag, freeing up budget for other kitchen elements.”

+Low maintenance

Laminate worktops don’t require much maintenance. Frankling points out, “Maintenance is typically very low.” He adds, “A simple wipe down with soapy water is usually sufficient.” For tougher stains, use a vinegar and water mix. Avoid abrasive cleaners and bleach.

-Short life span

Laminate worktops are durable, but their makeup can mean that they rarely last as long as other worktop types. Larkin says, “Even though laminate worktops can be durable in some aspects, they do not have as long a lifespan as other materials.”

A common issue is that they are difficult to repair, as Frankling points out, “Unlike wood or solid surface, if you chip, burn, or scratch laminate, you can't sand it out. The damage is usually permanent, often requiring the replacement of the entire section of worktop.”

-Visible seams

Depending on the kitchen layout and the finish of a laminate worktop, there are often joins that are hard to hide, as Frankling notes: “Unless you are using more expensive solid core laminates, the joins between worktop lengths are visible.” He adds, “This can interrupt the flow of the design, whereas stone or wood joins can be made more discreet.”

Shop for these compact laminate worktops

Cost of laminate worktops

Laminate worktops are one of the most affordable options. Nowadays, there are two options, standard and compact. Standard laminate worktops are invariably cheaper. A basic, budget laminate worktop costs around £100-£250 for a three-metre length.

Frankling shares what you get: “These are typically standard rolled-edge (post-formed) laminate.” He adds, “These are typical entry-level surfaces with basic stone or wood-grain textures and a rounded front profile.” This GoodHome Kabsa Matt Wood effect Laminate from B&Q is a good example of a budget laminate worktop.

Worktops with features such as square-edge profiles with high-definition printing cost more. Frankling adds, “These also feature synchronised textures where the feel matches the grain, and the square edge mimics the look of real stone or timber slabs.”

At the top end of the price scale are compact laminate worktops. These can start at around £250 for a three-metre length, but the average price is likely £350-£600, depending on quality, features, and finish.

Frankling explains how they differ from standard laminate worktops: “A compact (solid core) laminate that is a 12mm thick, solid material that is incredibly durable and allows for undermount sinks and drainer grooves, unlike standard laminate.”

Practicalities of laminate worktops

Can fit DIY

An experienced DIYer can fit a laminate worktop with a few tools. For basic straight cuts, a circular saw is all that is needed. For cuts involving curves, a jigsaw is needed. Just make sure to measure twice and mark wth a pencil.

Long-lasting-ish

Standard laminate worktops can last more than 10 years, but this depends on several factors, as Bray shares: “The lifespan comes down to the specification and how well the tops are fitted and protected at the vulnerable points.”

He adds, “With good quality HPL, flush, well-clamped biscuit joints, all cut edges properly sealed and sinks carefully silicone-sealed, 10–20 years is realistic in a typical home.”

Compact laminate worktops typically have a longer shelf life continues Bray, “Compact laminate can push longer where there is heavy water use because the core is far more moisture tolerant.”

Can mark easily

Laminate worktops are generally stain-resistant. Larkin says, “Laminate worktops can stain if spills are left to sit, especially if these are acidic or from coloured foods.” The simple solution is to wipe it away straight away.

For stubborn marks, Brays says, “Use a little bicarbonate paste or a non-abrasive cream cleaner with a soft cloth; this can lift residue without dulling the finish.”

Can be susceptible to water and steam

“Laminate fails at unprotected edges, joints and cut-outs rather than across the flat field of the surface,” shares Bray. “Standing water or steam that finds its way into a raw edge will swell a chipboard core and lift edging, so prevention is all about sealing and placement.”

To help prevent this from happening, Bray adds, “Edge-tape every cut, seal sink and hob cut-outs thoroughly, and run a neat bead of silicone where the top meets walls and sinks.”

Laminate worktops are the budget-friendly option for kitchens and can mimic solid wood and stone surfaces pretty well, making them a good choice for any of your kitchen layout ideas, small kitchen ideas or galley kitchen ideas.

If you've ever experienced an ant invasion in your home, you know how relentless and determined these little pests can be – and how difficult they are to remove. One goes down, and it feels like another 50 come back.

Ants are attracted to food and moisture, which is why your kitchen, in particular, can be a hotspot when it's not kept clear. They are most active in warmer weather, making now the perfect time to learn how to prevent them as part of your spring maintenance checklist.

To find out the best approach, I spoke with three pest control experts to hear their top tips. Below, you'll discover five ways to keep your home ant-free this year, along with the products that can give you a helping hand.

How to get rid of ants in your home

1. Seal entryways
When it comes to getting rid of ants in your home, prevention is key. One way to do this is by sealing potential entryways, such as gaps, holes and cracks, using caulk or weatherstripping.

"If you spot ants in the garden, you can try following their trails to see how they are entering the property," advises Darren Backhouse, Partner at MJ Backhouse Pest Control.

Sealant shopping picks

2. Keep your kitchen clean and tidy

According to Daniel Steward, Managing Director of Shield Pest Control, ants are primarily drawn indoors by food. That’s why it’s so important to keep your kitchen counters clean and free of leftovers.

After preparing meals, make sure to wipe down surfaces to remove greasy residue, spills, and crumbs, and store your food in airtight containers. The same applies to your bins – you’ll need a tight-fitting lid to keep pests out.

Tony King, owner of The Pied Piper, says, "Sugar, flour and cereal need to be kept in airtight containers, and pet food should never be left out overnight. You need to clean counters and dining areas after every meal, making sure to get the little bits that may fall back into the space between the appliances and the baseboards."

These steps will also help to prevent mice and rats in your home.

3. Keep your garden clear

Do you have any tree branches or shrubs brushing against your house? If so, they could be acting as an "ant highway", according to Tony King. The same goes for mulch, leaves and firewood, which could attract ants (and other pests like slugs) into your home.

4. Vacuum the ants

"If ants are already visible, short-term solutions, such as vacuuming them up, can help reduce numbers quickly," says Daniel Steward.

However, he stresses the importance of emptying the vacuum promptly – and doing so somewhere away from your home; otherwise, the ants will eventually find their way back inside.

5. Consider a natural deterrent

You may also want to try a natural deterrent, such as spraying diluted vinegar, soapy water, or essential oils (like peppermint or tea tree) around your home. According to Daniel Stewart, these ingredients can disrupt ant trails and discourage them from entering.

However, he advises avoiding popular methods like salt, which are "not particularly effective and don't address the root of the problem.'"

What time of year do ants start to appear?

Spring is when ants typically start appearing in UK homes, as the weather warms up and colonies become active. Daniel Stewart explains that this is the time of year when ants leave their nests to forage for food and water, so they often go unnoticed in our kitchens.

Ant activity increases as we move into late spring and summer – especially during warmer spells or after heavy rainfall (similarly to fruit flies).

"Flying ants are most commonly seen in July and August, when reproductive ants leave their colonies to mate and establish new nests. However, the initial signs of ant activity indoors usually begins earlier in the season, making spring a key time to stay vigilant," he adds.

What causes ants to appear in the home?

Ants enter our homes for three reasons: food, water, and shelter. According to Daniel Stewart, "even the smallest crumbs or traces of food will attract them," and they leave a scent trail for their colony to follow.

It’s not just food residue you need to watch out for – sinks, leaky pipes, and damp areas are also attractive to ants.

"In many cases, ants seen indoors are coming from outdoor nests located close to the property, such as in soil, paving or near foundations. Warmer weather encourages them to explore further afield and homes provide ideal conditions with easy access to food and shelter," Daniel adds.

After speaking with pest control experts, it's clear that prevention plays the biggest role in removing ants from your home, so make sure you're wiping down surfaces regularly and blocking any entryways.

For more advice, read our guide on how to keep spiders out of your house and how to stop pests in insulation.

I'll be honest, when I started thinking seriously about designing a kitchen, the splashback was not top of my list. Worktops, yes. Cabinetry, obviously. But the bit of wall behind the hob? That could wait.

It turns out it could not wait – because tiles vs splashback panels is the sort of decision that shapes how the whole room looks and feels, and there's more to it than you'd think.

So, I did what any sensible person would do when faced with a home decision that has spiralled well beyond their pay grade: I asked the experts. I put the question to three kitchen designers – people who navigate this exact dilemma with their clients every day – and their answers were more nuanced, and more useful, than I expected.

The case for splashback panels

Splashback panels – single, seamless sheets of material that run behind your hob and prep area – have grown in popularity precisely because they do away with the one thing tiled splashbacks can't escape: grout. And in a kitchen that’s more important than you might expect.

John Law, co-director of Woodhouse & Law Interior Design makes a compelling case for using them: "Using a smooth continuous surface, perhaps mirroring a worktop, can be effective as it avoids grout lines and additional cleaning. This is particularly important above a hob where splashes from cooking are common and grouts can discolour."

There's a design bonus too, he adds – continuing the worktop material up the wall can make a space feel larger, blurring the boundary between the horizontal and vertical surfaces. It's these small details that make a surprising difference, particularly when designing a galley kitchen or anywhere that natural light is limited.

Which kitchen styles suit a splashback panel best?

More styles of kitchen than you'd think! Splashbacks have a reputation for being a strictly modern choice, and while they do look particularly at home in modern spaces, the picture is a little more nuanced than that.

"In contemporary or minimalist kitchens, a single splashback panel often works best visually," says Sebastian Aronowitz, founder of The London Kitchen Company. "A large, uninterrupted surface helps reinforce the clean lines and calm aesthetic that these kitchens rely on. Using the same material as the worktop can also create a strong sense of continuity and simplicity in the design."

But it doesn't stop there. Josie Medved, design manager at Symphony Group, points out that material choice can open the door to more traditional settings too. "Solid surface quartz splashbacks which match the worktop look great in traditional or modern settings." So if you've always assumed a panel would look out of place in a shaker or country kitchen, it may be worth revisiting that assumption, particularly if you already have a quartz worktop in place.

Shop kitchen splashbacks

The case for tiled splashbacks

There's a reason tiles have been the default kitchen splashback choice for so long. They're practical, yes, but they're also one of the most effective ways to bring personality into a kitchen without committing to a full kitchen remodel.

John Law is an unabashed fan: "We do love a tile and there are so many incredible kitchen wall tiles on the market. They are great for adding interest, depth and colour in a scheme." He's particularly enthusiastic about Zellige tiles, the handmade Moroccan clay tiles that have had something of a moment in kitchen design recently, and for good reason. "They add texture and relief against the worktops and hard surfaces, and are available in so many colours that you're almost certain to find a combination that works with your wider scheme." Paired with a simpler worktop, he adds, they can even be chosen to echo artwork or fabrics elsewhere in the room.

Which kitchen styles suit tile best?

If splashback panels are most at home in a minimalist kitchen, tiles are where more characterful spaces come into their own.

"Traditional and shaker kitchens tend to suit tiled splashbacks very well," says Sebastian Aronowitz. "Tiles introduce pattern, texture and a sense of craftsmanship, which complements the more detailed character of traditional cabinetry. The grout lines and individual tiles also add a slightly softer, more lived-in feel to the space." It's the kind of warmth that a single flat panel, however beautiful, can struggle to replicate.

Industrial-style kitchens, interestingly, sit in a category of their own. "They can comfortably go either way," Sebastian notes. "Tiles can emphasise the raw, textural quality often associated with industrial interiors, while a metal, stone or glass panel can reinforce a more pared-back, utilitarian look. In these kitchens, the choice often comes down to the balance of materials and the overall atmosphere you're trying to create."

Shop kitchen tiles

Installation and practicalities

Here's something nobody tells you when you're planning a kitchen renovation: almost no wall is perfectly straight. And while that's rarely a problem day-to-day, it becomes very relevant when you're deciding what to put on them.

On the face of it, splashback panels have a clear advantage when it comes to installation. "They're generally quicker and easier to install than tiles," confirms Josie Medved, though she's quick to add that easier doesn't mean entirely straightforward. "The kitchen worktop needs to be level, with sufficient tolerance on each side of the upstand, and the space under any canopy or chimney hood needs to be carefully accounted for. Get those measurements wrong and you'll know about it."

There are a couple of other practical considerations worth flagging before you commit to panels. If your kitchen has sockets or switches on the splashback wall (and most do), panels are trickier to work around than tiles. Glass splashbacks in particular need to be templated before manufacture so that any cut-outs for electrics can be factored in from the start. Tiling a kitchen splashback, by contrast, lets you simply cut around them on site.

The condition of your walls may be another deciding factor. "Tiles are more able to follow the ins and outs of a wall that is not level," explains Sebastian Aronowitz, and because each tile beds individually into the adhesive, any undulations are absorbed rather than exposed. With a panel, it's more nuanced. "If you can see the top of the splashback – for example where there are no wall cabinets or open shelving above it – a panel will emphasise the undulations of the wall and big gaps can be exposed," he warns. If the top is hidden by cabinetry, however, the panel simply sits flush and you'd never know there was an issue behind it.

So before making a final decision, it's worth taking a good look at both your walls and your cabinet layout. The answer might already be there.

Price and budgeting

It's tempting to compare the cost of a box of tiles against the price of a splashback panel and call it a day. The reality, as with most things in kitchen design, is a little more complicated than that.

"When it comes to budget, it is essential to look beyond the material price alone," says Sebastian Aronowitz. "If a kitchen already has a stone or quartz worktop installed, adding a splashback in the same material can be relatively economical because the templating, delivery and installation are already part of the worktop process. Tiles may initially appear cheaper, but the cost of skilled labour, adhesives, trims and finishing details can add significantly to the overall price."

In other words, the cheaper option on paper isn't always the cheaper option in practice. It's worth getting a full quote for both before committing.

And wherever your budget lands, Sebastian has one piece of advice he's fairly emphatic about: "It's very important to understand where to spend and where to save. Investing in beautiful tiles but then cutting costs on installation is asking for trouble. Cheaper materials, when well installed, can still look very good. Expensive materials, badly installed, will look bad anyway."

Durability and maintenance

If you've ever scrubbed grout with an old toothbrush and questioned your life choices, this section is for you…

"It's important to take into account day-to-day lifestyle," explains Sebastian Aronowitz. "In busy family kitchens where there is a lot of cooking, particularly around the hob, a flat splashback panel can be easier to maintain. Grout lines and the slight irregularities of tiled surfaces naturally trap more grease and residue over time, whereas a single panel provides a completely smooth surface that can be wiped clean quickly."

Splashback panels also hold up well over time. "Glass ones are made from toughened glass, so if they are knocked, they are pretty hardy," says Josie Medved. The one caveat worth knowing: if a panel does crack or chip, the whole thing needs replacing. There's no patching a section the way you can with tiles.

Planning a larger project? If you're exploring kitchen extension ideas, the splashback decision becomes even more significant. A bigger space means more wall to consider, and getting the balance of materials right from the start will save you a headache later.

Every home has certain spots that tend to get a little neglected, either left to gather dust and cobwebs or used as somewhere to pile up all those bits and bobs that have never really been given a proper home – in my case, this is the space between my wall units and the ceiling. In fact, this area falls into both the dust-gathering and clutter-filled categories and definitely wasn't part of my original kitchen design.

While the two wall units are not too bad in terms of clutter, it is the tall larder unit that really needs to be addressed. We have a sloping ceiling in the kitchen and so stopped a couple of feet shy of the full ceiling height. The space here is too high to reach without the help of a little stool, meaning that anything that gets shoved up there usually stays there for some time – empty jam jars, seldom-used cake tins, random gadgets that seemed like a good idea at the time (vintage cream maker anyone?)

Lately this high level jumble has really begun to bug me, ruining what is otherwise a pretty tidy and ordered space, so I reached out to the experts to ask them for their favourite ways of using this space. Here's the 10 I'm thinking of implementing.

1. Take it all the way to the ceiling

Most of the designers I spoke to were keen to stress that their preference is for kitchen units that reach all the way to the ceiling and, as we are remodelling our kitchen in the not-too-distant future, this is something I am definitely considering.

"One of the things we focus on when designing a kitchen is ensuring the space is used to its full potential," picks up Emily Newmarch, design consultant at Kitchens by Holloways. "Often the area above wall units becomes either wasted space or somewhere that collects clutter and dust, so our preference is usually to design cabinetry that runs all the way to the ceiling wherever possible.

"By extending units to the full height of the room, you not only maximise storage but also create a much cleaner and more architectural look," continues Emily. "It avoids that awkward gap above cabinetry and allows the kitchen to feel more considered and cohesive. The upper sections of tall cabinetry can be used for less frequently accessed items such as larger cookware or seasonal appliances, keeping the everyday working areas below clear and organised."

2. Use it as a carefully-curated display ledge

It is important to remember that your kitchen ideas don't have to solely focus on practical solutions – there should always be room for some decorative flourishes and this is where that seemingly awkward above-unit space can come in handy.

"If the gap above cabinetry is intentional, it can work beautifully as a display ledge," says Alex Main, director of Main, although he goes to explain the importance of doing this in a thoughtful way.

"Rather than filling it with everyday clutter, the key is to keep styling minimal and cohesive," says Alex. "Larger decorative objects, ceramics, or a few sculptural pieces tend to work best as they read clearly from a distance and avoid the space feeling busy."

3. Light it with a soft glow

Whether you choose to use it for storage or as a display space, including that above-unit area in your kitchen lighting design will ensure it adds to the space aesthetically, avoiding it sitting there looking sad and forgotten-about.

"For those with small kitchens, using lighting above kitchen cabinets can enhance both the functionality and aesthetic appeal of the space," reveals Massimo Buster Minale, founder and creative director of Buster + Punch. "One effective technique is up-lighting, where lights are installed above kitchen units to create a warm, soft glow. This not only makes the kitchen feel more inviting but also helps it appear larger. Up-lighting is particularly effective in kitchens with gaps between the ceiling and the units, as it illuminates these voids and prevents the area from looking dark and neglected. When paired with a dimmer, you can easily adjust both the light intensity and ambience to suit your needs."

"Discreet LED strip lighting above cabinets can also create a soft glow that highlights displayed objects and adds warmth and depth to the kitchen in the evening," points out Alex Main.

4. Use it for beautiful storage solutions

This is an idea that particularly appeals to me. Despite having plenty of cabinetry, I am always after more kitchen storage ideas. There just never seems to be enough and the space above my units – and fridge for that matter – could be used so much better in this way.

“Above kitchen cabinets and the fridge can be used for storage in all kinds of kitchens, but is particularly useful in small spaces," says Al Bruce, founder of Olive & Barr. "Items that you don’t use often, such as special occasion crockery and baking supplies can easily be stored out of the way above kitchen cabinets.

"You can use baskets or boxes that match the decor of your kitchen to keep everything neat and tidy, avoiding clutter.”

Shop kitchen storage baskets

5. Get creative with your organisation methods

My go-to for storing anything that won't fit in a cupboard or drawer in our house always seems to be a good old wicker basket – but Becca Stern, co-founder and creative director of Mustard Made, is keen to point out that there are lots of other, slightly more inventive methods to consider too.

“I'm sure we've all been guilty of a little clutter blindness at some point," picks up Becca. "De-cluttering your entire home in one day can definitely feel overwhelming, but small thoughtful changes can make the world of difference, starting with investing in storage that adapts as your life changes.

"Think adjustable kitchen shelving ideas, hooks and extra hanging options as well as baskets – smart add-ons that help you maximise every centimetre of space and keep areas like the space above kitchen units looking organised rather than cluttered.”

6. Build on top of the existing units

With the help of an experienced kitchen designer, there is nothing to stop you adding another level on top of your existing wall units – although it does need to be designed to tie in seamlessly with their design and thought will need to be given to supporting the extra weight this could add – this is often best done as part of a kitchen renovation project.

“In many cases, extending kitchen cabinetry all the way to the ceiling is the simplest way to avoid awkward dead space," advises Alex Main. "This approach creates a more seamless, architectural look while preventing the top of cabinets from becoming a dust trap. It can also maximise storage, particularly in small kitchens where every inch counts.

"The success of this space often comes down to proportion," continues Alex. "When planning a kitchen, designers will usually consider ceiling height, cabinet scale and sightlines to ensure the gap above units feels intentional. In some homes, a small margin works well, while in others a deeper display ledge can add character.”

7. Use wallpaper to turn the space into a feature

Using kitchen wallpaper ideas is not just a brilliant way to add character and visual movement into the space, but it can also help avoid the area above units looking like an afterthought.

By using wallpaper for those sections of wall not being used for cabinetry, they become a feature in their own right as opposed to blank, unloved spots with nothing in the way of visual interest.

If you were wondering the wisdom of using wallpaper in a kitchen, you'll be pleased to learn that there are plenty of designs out there that are produced specifically to withstand temperature fluctuations and high humidity levels.

8. Use ceiling glazing to light it up

It isn't just artificial lighting that can be used to brighten up the area above wall units – ceiling glazing and rooflights can also work wonders here.

Creating a kitchen extension, either rear or side, often presents the ideal opportunity for incorporating some overhead glazing, whether that is in the form of a bank of rooflights, a single glazed strip or a stand-out roof lantern.

Locate your ceiling glazing of choice over your wall units and not only will it bring light streaming in but it will also make it easier to see what you are keeping there and turn it into an interesting feature.

9. Adorn it with greenery

We all know how important bringing a touch of nature into our homes can be when it comes to creating a sense of wellbeing, so take every opportunity you can to incorporate a little greenery into the kitchen if you want it to be a beneficial place to spend time in – and, lets face it, this tends to be the room we all seem to inhabit the most.

Adorning the top of your wall units with plants not only adds a pop of colour and interest, but it can also help with more serious issues such as mould and condensation.

Take a look at bathroom plants that absorb moisture as many of the same species will also work well in the kitchen – just ensure you take into account how much light they need to thrive too.

10. Provide a way of accessing the space easily

And, finally, to avoid having to teeter on your worktops or drag a chair away from your dining table each time you want to access anything you have chosen to store up on top of your kitchen cabinets, be sure to think through how you will get up there.

One of the best ways of providing a way up to the top of your units – that also happens to look rather chic – is by using a library ladder set on a sliding rail, just, as the name suggests, you might find in a well-stocked library.

Some of these ladders are available to fit on a DIY basis, while others can be designed by kitchen specialists to tie in visually with your units.

FAQs

Should you always take kitchen cabinets up to ceilings?

While the idea of using every single inch of wall space for cabinets might seem like a good one, particularly for those after small kitchen ideas looking for ways in increase their storage capacity, this is not always the best approach.

“In taller rooms, I'd avoid cabinetry that runs all the way up to the ceiling," warns Al Bruce. "Allowing the kitchen to sit comfortably within the architecture, rather than dominating it, creates a more balanced, considered look. The kitchen should feel like it belongs in the room, not like it’s trying to become part of the structure itself.”

Besides, as Helen Parker, creative director at deVOL, points out, there are other ways to meet your storage requirements.

"Use your imagination and make really clever use of alcoves, sides of chimney breasts and hallways by creating simple, organised storage," says Helen. "An unused space in your home can easily become an invaluable place to neatly store your things."

If you love the idea of a completely streamlined design and are keen to avoid even a hint of clutter, check out some concealed kitchen storage ideas – perfect for the minimalists out there.

If the new Simpler Recycling Scheme has left you worried about where your bin contents will go, you might need to find alternative ways to dispose of rubbish.

As a flat dweller with no outdoor space for wheelie bins, I'm going to be affected more than most, which is why I've taken a dive into what you can and can't dispose of after the end of March.

I'm as keen as anyone not to end up with excess waste, so here are the alternative ways to dispose of rubbish that I think will help me – and hopefully you too.

Disposing of glass items

First on the list of changes in what can be recycled is glass. Previously you were able to dispose of a variety of glass items in your glass recycling but this changes at the end of March. Once the new rules are place, according to the Simple Recycling government website page, (designed to be read by waste collectors), it states:

"You do not need to collect any glass not used as packaging". This includes:

• Candles
• Drinking glasses
• Flat glass
• Glass cookware (such as Pyrex)
• Light bulbs and tubes
• Microwave plates
• Mirrors
• Vases
• Window glass
• Ceramics, such as crockery or earthenware

So what can you do with the above? Other than broken items, light bulbs and tubes, flat glass and window glass, the remainder of the glass products can be disposed of in one of three ways:

• Sell or donate: If in good condition, you could either give it to friends or family, sell online using a sales platform such as Ebay, Vinted or Facebook Marketplace, or take them to your local charity shop – some charities may even offer collection if you are also disposing of larger saleable items such as furniture. Or you could even take on an upcycling project and re-use them in your home
• General waste: Wrap items carefully and put them in your general waste
• Recycling centre: Take them to your local licensed household waste recycling centre. You can find details of your nearest one on your local authority website. At mine, we have to make an appointments so make sure you check the guidance before you go

Metal items that can't be recycled in your kerb collection

As with glass, the new rules advise waste collectors that they no longer have to take the following:

• Laminated foil, like pet food pouches and coffee pouches
• Electrical items and batteries
• General kitchenware like cutlery, pots and pans
• Kettles
• Irons
• Pipes
• Metal packaging that has contained white spirits, paints, engine oils or antifreeze

I feel this is the one that will have least impact on how I will manage waste in a flat, as most of these items wouldn't have been accepted in my recycling bags anyway.

If you do have any of the above, then they can be split as follows, (with the exception of general kitchenware which could also be donated if in good condition):

• General waste: Laminated foil, like pet food pouches and coffee pouches; general kitchenware like small amounts of cutlery, pots and pans
• Local licensed household waste recycling centre: Electrical items and batteries; general kitchenware like cutlery, pots and pans; kettles; irons; pipes; metal packaging that has contained white spirits, paints, engine oils or antifreeze

Shop for sturdy kitchen bins

Plastic items that can't be recycled kerbside

I currently have a mixed plastics and metals collection bag that I primarily fill with food related packaging. As of 31 March 2026, waste collectors are permitted to not accept the following items:

• Any plastic packaging or non-packaging items labelled as ‘compostable’ or ‘biodegradable’, including coffee pods
• Plastic bottles that have contained white spirits, paints, engine oils or antifreeze
• Bulky rigid plastics such as garden furniture, bins and plastic toys
• Polystyrene (expanded and high impact) packaging such as packing beads
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) packaging

Perhaps the most confusing change here is the fact that if your plastic food packaging of any kind says it's compostable or biodegradable, this cannot go in with recycling.

The reason for this is that it may contain traces of plastic that can contaminate the plastic recycling stream, so should instead be placed in general waste. Once a plastic collection is contaminated, it can result in the whole load having to go to landfill.

Alternative methods for disposing of the other items are therefore:

• General waste
• Local household waste recyling centre: For items that are too bulky for your regular kerbside collection
• Donation or sale: For garden furniture, bins and plastic toys in good condition

Paper and card items

Other than the food and drinks cartons (which moved to the plastic recycling collection a while ago), all other items on this list are mainly suitable for general waste collection.

The exception being nappies and incontinence products which are often collected by many councils in dedicated bags or caddies. Check your local council website to see if the service is available, and if you are eligible.

• Food and drinks cartons made of a fibre-based composite (these should be collected in the plastic stream)
• Absorbent hygiene products (AHPs) including nappies, period products and incontinence products
• Cotton wool or makeup pads
• Tissue or toilet paper
• Wet wipes

Bathroom bins for general waste collection

Food waste

According to the new rules, waste collectors no longer, "need to collect any plastic packaging or non-packaging items labelled as ‘compostable’ or ‘biodegradable’, including coffee pods. Food waste caddy liners used to hold food waste can be collected."

It's part of the overall Simpler Recycling plan to split food waste from any other kid of waste collection. I have had to use a food caddy for food waste in Wales for many years, but it's not the case everywhere.

Every home in England should receive a food waste caddy by the end of March, but each council may have to alter their timeframe depending on budget and resources available. An investigation from the BBC has already stated a quarter of councils have said this will not be achievable.

Food waste, is as it suggests, made up of food, and according to DEFRA, the following can be included in your caddy:

• Fruit and vegetables, including peelings and cores
• Bread, rice, pasta, cereals and baked goods
• Meat, fish, dairy products and eggshells
• Tea bags and coffee grounds
• Plate scrapings and uneaten leftovers
• Pet food

What changes, as with the plastics collection, is that items with compostable or biodegradable labels can no longer be included. The contents of coffee pods for example can be, but not the pod itself. It's why investing this Navaris Coffee Pod Recycling Tool might be a good idea. You can also discover ways to use your coffee grounds in your garden if you'd rather find a solution other than the rubbish bin.

In terms of alternative methods for disposing of food waste, if you've been looking at ways to make your garden more eco-friendly, you may already have a home compost for food waste. This will be your main option if you don't choose to use your council provided collection.

Garden waste

A quick poll of the Homebuilding & Renovating team confirmed that garden waste collection was already available in their home towns, but that all of us had to pay for this collection.

Garden waste collection will remain in place (with councils still able to charge), so what changes, is again what can't be included, with the following items shown on the government website:

• Animal bedding
• Bulky waste (including garden furniture and fencing)
• Garden tools or other gardening equipment
• Plant pots
• Plastic
• Sand
• Sawdust
• Stone, gravel or bricks
• Tea bags or coffee grounds
• Branches and trees over a certain size may have to be cut into smaller pieces to follow local guidance

So, let's break down your alternative waste disposal options for what you may have previously categorised as garden waste. I know that when I had a garden waste bin, none of the items listed wer allowed anyway, so you may already be up to speed with this.

• Food waste: Tea bags or coffee grounds can go into your food waste
• General waste: Small quantities of animal bedding, non-recyclable plastic, sand, sawdust and smaller plant pots
• Donate or sell: Gardening tools, equipment or furniture that are in a good enough condition
• Recycling centre: Take all other items them to your local licensed household waste recycling centre. In general they will have separate skips for items such as stone, gravel and bricks, as well as a large skip where you can dispose of sizeable garden waste. I know mine certainly does.

For more helpful advice on what can and can't be recycled in your area, visit the Recycle Now website. Also take a look at the additional advice we have on dealing with garden waste, and if you have a home renovation in sight, check out these ways to reuse brick in your garden, how much you can expect to pay for skip costs, along with some expert suggestions for recycling building materials.

I'm all for a greener environment, but the new simpler recycling rules that come into force at the end of March fill me with some trepidation, simply because I already have to manage five different types of waste in a first floor apartment with no outdoor space.

My front door opens directly onto the town's main high street, which also means that rubbish and recycling can't go outdoors until the night before collection. And, as it's not all collected weekly, some types of waste have to linger in my home for longer than others.

It's a juggling act that I've learnt to manage using the following approach to cope with waste from three humans and a dog plus no outdoor space for my bins.

I use two bins for food waste

I use a counter-top food caddy for food waste that stays in my kitchen until it's full. It's this Addis Everyday Kitchen Food Waste Compost Caddy Bin from Amazon, and I use these Food Caddy bags from Amazon inside.

I then transfer the full bags to a second food bin, a council-provided food recycling caddy, which I store in my tiny utility room. While the lid closes fairly tightly, it doesn't mask any food odours completely. I leave the utility room door closed for this reason, to stop smells leaking into the rest of my home. There's also a small window that I can open when things get a bit whiffy towards the end of the week.

As I can squeeze around 5-6 bags of food waste in this larger container and it's collected on a weekly basis, it's usually enough to get by. Since moving into the flat though it's certainly made me more conscious about food waste, which has changed my shopping habits.

With only a small amount of concealed kitchen storage available, I have to meal plan in advance, and avoid filling up with too many perishable items that might get wasted when plans change.

Try this food waste caddy for odour control

I use a small caddy for glass waste

I don't have a lot of glass waste so, I put any of this straight into the council-provided caddy. It's the same size as the food waste caddy and lives in my utility room, alongside it. I wash any glass items prior to being binned to eliminate odours as much as possible.

This particular caddy is collected once a fortnight at the moment, but when the new rules come in, this may change to less than this. Also, while I previously put items such as drinking glasses, or cleaned glass candle containers in there, these will no longer be collected by the recycling team, so I'll have to find an alternative for these when the rules come into play.

I use foldable bags for plastics, metal and paper

The larger task to deal with is sorting out my recycling waste. While some councils only have one recycling bin collection, my council requires homes to sort recycling waste into two different components:

• Plastics and metals
• Paper and cardboard

In a small kitchen, I'll admit this is difficult, but I generally deal with this waste by sorting it and storing it in two large household bins in my kitchen. I use these 50L kitchen bins, which are the Tower T838005N Rectangular Sensor Bin with Fingerprint Proof Coated Exterior ones, again from Amazon. Each has a bin liner inside that is changed every week to avoid dirt and smells sticking around.

The contents of these recycling bins are collected weekly and I transfer the recycling waste into the relevant council-supplied foldable bag the night before and put this out for collection on the street outside.

Paper and cardboard recycling

One of my kitchen bins is for paper and cardboard. This can sometimes be problematic when everything these days seems to come in huge cardboard boxes that need breaking down.

This bin always ends up full, but not overflowing unless there's a birthday or celebration such as Christmas. When bin days comes (weekly for paper and cardboard) I pull out the filled bin liner into the council-supplied cardboard and paper recycling foldable bag (see above) for collection.

When I do have bigger boxes that won't fit in my foldable bag, I end up having to store these in a room or my landing for the local tip.

Plastic and metals recycling

Items earmarked for the plastic recycling take a little more time and effort, as these are generally items that contained food or liquid. To avoid any smells in the kitchen, I wash and dry all of them before putting in my kitchen bin.

It does of course make me question how much this is impacting my water bills, and also my water consumption. Given we're facing drier summers due to climate change, it can feel like I'm doing the right thing on one side of the coin, but then not the other.

Given the amount of food my sons consume, this bin is generally filled to capacity by the end of the week.

Try this triple compartment recycling bin

How I limit general waste

When I first lived in this town, general waste was collected weekly. There was an allowance for one black bag a week, which changed to become two bags a fortnight, some time ago. This is of course the same amount of bags, but in a flat with no outdoor or indoor space to store an additional black bag of general waste, it's meant I've had to try and drastically reduce the amount of general waste we generate each week.

I use the third 50L household bin in my kitchen for general waste. This has to be constantly monitored to ensure items haven't been put in there that will smell after two weeks (something we don't always get right), and the smaller bins around the home (other than bins with lids in the bathroom) are generally only suitable for dry waste. In the summer months when my boys have forgotten the rules, it's not uncommon to discover the occasional flurry of fruit flies in bedrooms due to binned apple cores and banana skins.

Shop household bins

I book regular tip slots to deal with the rest

While my general ethos is to buy less, use less and recycle where possible, high street apartment living with no garden or outbuildings means every now and again I have no choice to head to the local tip.

Items wear out, small DIY jobs take place, regular decluttering is a must-do in smaller homes and as a result, there's rubbish that needs to go somewhere. I don't know about you, but in my town we have to book tip slots in advance. Given the new rules place tighter restrictions on what goes in recycling, I may have to go more often.

My local tip also has a 'sort before you arrive' and an 'open-bag policy'. This means your waste has to be organised in categories such as metal, wood and so forth before you drive in. It can't be done while you there. In addition, you can't close any black bags that contain what you deem as general waste. The items have to be visible for inspection before they go into the designated skips.

Why I am still adjusting my approach

On the one hand it's dramatically improved how much we recycle each week, but to see that the list of items I can recycle is being reduced, it does leave me wondering what I will do with anything that falls outside of the boundaries.

I'm considering switching the bathroom and bedroom bins to larger ones with lids in an attempt to ensure they can contain more items, keep odours in, and last for two weeks. I can then use my two-bag fortnightly allowance, using one black bag for the kitchen bin and another for the remainder.

Another option, and one which may help when sorting the bins ready for collection is to have a recycling and general waste bin in every room. It could mean items that slip into the general waste, might be more obviously seen as suitable for recycling.

While I have no major home renovations planned, these new simpler recycling rules could also impact you if you are planning on upgrading your home anytime soon.

Understanding how much does a skip cost can help you plan ahead for dealing with your waste, while looking at ways to recycle building materials is a must if you want to have as eco-friendly a footprint as possible.

If news coverage regarding sewage in drinking water means you're looking at ways to test water quality at home, you could be wondering if it's a DIY job, or one for the professionals.

It's something I've thought about too, particularly when I've been looking at replacing kitchen taps, buying water filters or simply frustrated by the limescale on my shower screens. As a result, I decided to look into how you can test water quality at home, if it's complicated to do so, and if the results are reliable.

In this article I explain the two easily available methods I used to test my water quality at home, as well as outlining where you can find additional information on your water content, and your options if you want to call in the professionals.

Why you might need to test your water quality

The main indicators you might need to test your water quality are generally fairly obvious and involve changes in taste, colour or smell. Any drastic changes should always be reported to your water company, although if you've received notification that there are works taking place in your area, it's not unusual to notice some temporary differences in its quality.

As your water supplier has to notify you of planned works, or emergencies, I always recommend signing up on their website to receive notifications. If you know work or repairs will be taking place, it can save you worrying that the problem is limited to your home. Seeing brown water run from your taps is common after major works or emergencies, and it usually runs clear once you've let it flow through your system. But, if you didn't know work was planned it would certainly be a cause for concern.

But what if the changes are only marginal and you're not sure if they need to be reported or not? Increased limescale, cloudy water, minor changes to the taste may also start alarm bells ringing in your mind, or you may want to check that the recent works haven't left any underlying problems.

If this all sounds familiar, I tried the following at-home testing methods and explain what other routes you can take to test the quality of drinking water in your home.

Testing strips

If you do have concerns about your water, the chances are you want an immediate answer. I initially used this Kedixiest water testing kit from Amazon prior to reviewing the efficacy of this Tappwater Eco Pro Compact Filter. I wanted to see if the quality of my water dramatically improved after fitting the filter.

At the time, I wasn't convinced if they were giving a truly accurate reading as there was only a discernible change in the quality of my water. I either had less to worry about than I initially thought, or the strips weren't that effective.

For this research, I decided the only way forward was to test a sample of really dirty water created using mud mixed with my tap water. I then ran the same tests on clean tap water to see how the results differed.

Test set up

I filled two clean containers with water and added mud to one. Testing using strips is relatively simple, you simply submerge the strip into the water then remove it immediately. You then hold it horizontally for 30 seconds and then compare the colours on the strip to the back of the packet. Each strip gives you an indicator of how good or bad your water quality is for a list of minerals and elements.

I ran the fresh water test first, and then repeated the process with the dirty water.

Results

Overall, the results, as per the first time I tested the strips were pretty inconclusive. As you can see from the test strips, the colours on the strips aren't as different as I'd have expected given the mud and dirt in the one sample of water. If anything, I feel it would make someone question the quality of their drinking water even more if they ran a similar test and had the same indiscernible results.

However, as I had already questioned the efficacy of these strips the first time round, it's confirmed in my mind that if I had genuine concerns, I wouldn't be relying on this kind of test to give me an answer.

Digital testing kit

To see if something slightly more advanced would give better results, I also purchased the 2026 NEW TDS Meter Digital Water Tester from Amazon. While it still only cost less than £8, it felt a little more advanced than paper strips. Offering results in five seconds, the testing kit also saves previous readings, giving you comparable measurements over time.

I ran the same test as with the paper strips, using a sample of dirty water and one taken directly from my kitchen tap.

Test set-up

As per the instructions, I submerged the tester into the clean water first and didn't exceed the maximum test line. Once the reading on the screen had stopped changing, I pressed hold to store it. You can then toggle between four different readings. The last two are temperature, while the first two – TDS and EC relate to the purity of the water. In both cases, the lower the number the better the water quality.

To check this, you compare the number on the LDC screen to the side of the box, or back of the unit.

Once the clean water test was complete, I repeated the same process with the sample of dirty water.

Results

As I'd hoped, using a slightly more expensive piece of kit gave me a slightly more conclusive result regarding my drinking water quality. A reading of 193 on the clean water fell into the general drinking water quality range meaning there is generally nothing to be concerned about.

The dirty water on the other hand showed a reading of 361. While this only placed it into the high hardness water range, rather than the taste is not good, I certainly wouldn't be sampling it in person to check this reading.

If your water is brown, common sense tells you to avoid it. Or, as I'll come onto explain, contact your water company or enlist professional help.

Alternative home-testing water kits

What testing can your water company provide?

But what can you find out about your water quality from your water company? According to the Drinking Water Inspectorate (DWI), the independent body responsible for monitoring drinking water quality in England and Wales, water companies test drinking water daily and should be able provide you with the results if you request them.

If you aren't sure which water company is responsible for your drinking water, you can enter your postcode on the Water UK website and it will tell you. Any complaints or concerns can be raised directly with the company concerned and depending on the nature of the complaint they will potentially take a sample and run tests to establish the cause. You may also find information on the quality of your water included on your water bill – something you may not have noticed as we increasingly opt for digital copies of bills, rather than printed versions that arrive via mail.

For private water supplies, such as those obtained from a well or borehole, you'll need to involve your local authority who, according to the DWI have to follow strict guidelines regarding how frequently private supplies are tested.

Using a professional service

If you aren't satisfied with the results shown on any at-home tests, or you aren't happy with the responses from your water company, you may decide to look for professional help in testing your water quality.

In this instance, the most common route is to engage with a company that will analyse your water in a laboratory. A sealed lab-ready kit is normally sent to you with clear instructions for collecting a sample. Once returned to the laboratory, they will run a number of tests looking for issues with chemicals, microbiology and metals.

Costs for these can increase depending on the depth of analysis you require, but always make sure you choose an accredited laboratory to ensure the tests are being run by a registered company. The UKAS website can provide details of companies that can conduct the necessary tests.

In conclusion, if in the future I had major concerns about my water quality, I'd certainly consider opting for professional testing as I'm not sure that home testing gives the results or reliability I'd need.

As I don't have any major concerns right now, I'm instead considering an under counter water filter, or a boiling water tap in my next home – many of which have filtration systems built into them. As they offer hot, cold and filtered water it means I could also save money on additional small kitchen appliances.

For more advice on the topic, find out is a boiling water tap energy efficient and how much a Quooker tap costs, to see if purchasing one fits in with your new kitchen costs.

Walk into almost any beautifully designed home right now and there's a good chance the timber you're admiring isn't quite what you think it is. Wood veneer has become the secret behind some of the most striking interior design around, and the designers specifying it aren't doing so as a compromise. They're doing it because, for large, considered spaces, it's often simply the better choice.

That said, veneer still carries a reputation it doesn't entirely deserve. Many homeowners associate it with a lesser alternative to solid wood, when in reality it's been the material of choice in high-end kitchens and bathrooms for years. Understanding why can make all the difference when it comes to specifying a kitchen that looks and performs as good as it should.

Whether you're mid-renovation and weighing your options, or simply curious about what sets premium kitchen design apart – here's why designers reach for veneer, and how it compares to solid wood and laminate.

What do we mean by veneer in interior design?

Wood veneer, quite simply, is a thin slice of real timber bonded to a core material such as MDF, plywood, or particleboard. The veneer provides the natural grain, tone, and texture we associate with solid wood, while the underlying panel offers the stability and structural integrity needed for kitchen cabinetry and other large surfaces.

Where veneer really earns its place, though, is in what it makes possible for designers. Because a single log can be sliced into multiple sheets and arranged carefully across cabinetry, doors and panels, designers can achieve something solid timber struggles to pull off at scale: genuine visual continuity. Gareth Davies, design director at Classic Interiors, describes the effect well. "Veneer allows a level of visual precision that is difficult to achieve with solid timber on large, flat kitchen fronts," he explains. "Continuous grain can be sequenced across multiple doors and panels, so a tall appliance bank reads as one composed elevation rather than a patchwork."

Something that tends to surprise people is that veneer isn't a newcomer to the luxury market. It's been the material of choice at the top end for years. "The use of veneer in high-end kitchens certainly isn't a trend, it's been the standard for a long time," says Theo Jones, director of Fynn Architects. "A lot of people see a wooden kitchen and assume it must be solid timber, but the vast majority of the time it's a veneer."

How and why is veneer used in high-end homes?

In luxury interiors, veneer appears wherever a designer wants the soul of timber with the precision of a crafted finish. Bespoke kitchens are the natural starting point, with veneered cabinetry, tall storage runs and island cladding all lending themselves to those sweeping, seamless surfaces that feel so impressive in person. But veneer travels well beyond the kitchen. Floor-to-ceiling hallway wall panels, bespoke media units, bathrooms, fitted wardrobes: anywhere natural texture and a clean, tailored look need to coexist, veneer tends to be the answer.

There's also a sustainability angle that's increasingly shaping how designers specify it. Slicing a single log into veneer yields dramatically more usable surface area than milling it into solid timber, which makes working with rarer or more precious species both practical and considered. Blanca Sanchez, director of Halo Design Interiors, sees this as central to veneer's current appeal. "It aligns with a more responsible approach to specifying precious species," she says, "since a single log can cover far more surface area when sliced into veneer."

Then there's provenance, something that's become increasingly meaningful to clients at the top end of the market. "One thing that makes a veneer feel premium isn't just the veneer itself, it's the story behind it," says Theo Jones. "We're seeing clients drawn to veneers from trees with special value or locality." His practice has seen growing interest in veneers produced from London plane trees, the species lining streets across the capital. "When a client knows their kitchen is made from a specific tree on a specific street in London, that feels especially unique and high-end."

What does veneer allow you to achieve visually that solid timber and laminate can't?

Beyond those large, showstopping surfaces, veneer opens up possibilities that solid wood simply can't match when it comes to form. Applied to a stable core, it can follow curves and shapes that would be seriously challenging, and expensive, to achieve in solid timber. "One of the key benefits of veneer is that it allows you to introduce curves," says Theo Jones. "If you want to soften a kitchen island, for example, you can do that quite easily with a veneered curved panel."

Colour is another area where veneer has a distinct edge. Rather than being locked into the natural tone of the wood, designers can use oils and stains to dial in something more specific, without losing any of the grain or warmth that makes timber worth specifying in the first place.

"It's easy to elevate a simple veneer with the right oil or stain to create a truly bespoke colour," says Theo Jones. "You're effectively creating your own finish that you'll never have seen in another kitchen before. While you're adding that colour, you still retain the grain, the texture, and essentially the warmth of real wood."

As for laminate, it has its uses, but luxury interiors are rarely among them. Under good light, a repeated grain pattern and a surface that sits just a little too flat tend to give it away. Veneer, by contrast, is still real wood. It has authentic depth, natural variation, and as Gareth Davies notes, "small repairs can be blended by a skilled finisher," something laminate can't offer once it's chipped or damaged.

FAQs

Is veneer a long-lasting choice?

Absolutely, and in a kitchen environment, it often outperforms solid timber over time. The combination of real wood surface and a stable engineered core means veneered panels handle the heat, moisture and daily wear of a working kitchen without the warping or splitting that solid doors can be prone to.

"Heat from ovens, moisture near dishwashers and constant handling are realities," says Gareth Davies, "and veneered panels on stable substrates resist warping and splitting far better than many solid timber doors in those zones."

Aesthetically, it ages gracefully too. The right species and a good matt finish will only get better over time.

What's the difference between high and low quality veneer?

Good lighting is usually all it takes to tell them apart. According to Blanca Sanchez, premium veneer starts with hand-selected flitches, grain and colour are curated, not left to chance, and the sheets are laid in a planned sequence so the whole composition reads as intentional.

The construction is properly balanced, edges are crisp, and the finish works with the wood's natural pore structure rather than flattening it. Lower-quality work, as Blanca puts it, tends to "give itself away through mismatched sheets, visible repeats, poorly protected edges, and uneven sheen under downlights." The qualities that make veneer feel luxurious: coherence, depth, precision, are exactly what cheaper applications tend to cut corners on first.

How can you make veneer look premium?

The secret to a veneer kitchen that looks high end is a grain that flows. The most beautiful applications are the ones where everything tracks seamlessly across doors, drawers and end panels, making the whole thing read as one considered composition. "Corners should feel intentional," says Blanca Sanchez, "with grain-wrapped mitres or carefully planned transitions so nothing looks patched or arbitrary."

For more inspiration on how to bring natural materials into your home, explore our pick of the best wooden kitchen ideas.

Pity our poor kitchen floors – they do have a tough job. When they're not coping with spilled sauces, a confetti of toast crumbs or splashes from the sink, they're putting up with chair legs scraping back and forth, mucky pet (and human) paws wandering through, and maybe even the odd glass or mug being accidentally dropped from above. That's a lot more action than say, a bedroom or bathroom.

And when it comes to materials that will handle that kind of punishment, two hardwearing surfaces usually dominate the conversation: ceramic/porcelain floor tiles and laminate flooring.

While wood threatens to warp in a hot and often damp kitchen environment, and sheet vinyl can easily dent, tear or even separate at the seams, both tiles and laminate promise to make the space look good while standing up to everyday challenges.

But which, ultimately, is the best kitchen floor? Both make a convincing case in terms of style, cost and resilience, so let's take a deeper dive into what might work for you and why.

Which is more water resistant? Tiles or laminate?

We'll start with a key consideration in a kitchen – water resistance. Not only will a kitchen floor have to deal with splashes from the sink or pans of water, but also the steam from cooking and boiling the kettle.

"Floor tiles are generally considered the safer choice when it comes to water resistance, as porcelain and ceramic are naturally resistant to moisture," says Harriet Goodacre, style and interiors consultant at Topps Tiles.

"That said, laminate has come a long way, and the better-quality options can be suitable for use in kitchens, too, provided they’re specifically designed to cope with moisture," Harriet adds. "Not all laminates are made this way, and standard versions can still swell or warp if water seeps into the joins, so look for products that clearly state they’re water resistant and suitable for areas where spills or water are likely."

Quickstep, for example, sells a selection of '100% waterproof laminates'. These have a closed surface (created with a special Uniclic & Unizip system) and 'indestructible' edges with a Hydroseal coating that stop moisture from getting into the construction. Prices start from £15.49 per square m.

Shop water-resistant laminates

"Tiles will always outperform any laminate flooring idea when it comes to water resistance," says Lee Thornley, Founder of Bert & May. However, you should check if they require any sealing. "Bert & May’s encaustic tiles are suitable for use in kitchens, both on the walls and the floors, and are highly water resistant once sealed."

Grazzie Wilson, Head of Creative at Ca’ Pietra, would also recommend tiles over laminate in this regard. “Unlike laminate, which is built around a fibreboard core that can swell if moisture penetrates the joints, porcelain has an exceptionally low water-absorption rate and, when installed correctly with suitable adhesives, grout and waterproof preparation in wet zones, offers long-term protection against spills, steam and humidity."

Verdict: A win for porcelain and ceramic tiles, provided they are properly sealed.

What’s best for durability, tiles or laminate?

This is a closer competition, but again, tiles tend to come out on top, according to our experts.

"In terms of durability, tile is fired at extremely high temperatures, producing a dense, hard-wearing surface that resists scratching, fading and denting far more effectively than most laminate systems. And crucially, it does not rely on a thin wear layer that can be compromised over time," insists Grazzie Wilson.

"If you choose the appropriate specification for the space, particularly in higher traffic areas, a tiled floor can last decades without losing its integrity, whereas laminate, while practical and cost-effective, will usually have a defined lifespan and cannot be refinished once damaged."

“Both tiles and laminate can work well in a busy kitchen, but they offer slightly different levels of longevity,” admits Harriet at Topps. “Tiles are incredibly hardwearing and, when properly installed, can last for decades. They cope well with heavy furniture, splashes, spills and high footfall.”

That said, tiles aren't infallible. The main thing to be mindful of is impact, as dropping something very heavy on tiles can cause cracking. “Choosing a good-quality tile and having it laid on a properly prepared floor helps reduce that risk,” Harriet assures us.

"Modern laminate is tougher than many people expect and good-quality options have a durable wear layer that resists scratches, making them practical for everyday family life," Harriet adds. "Laminate can last for many years, particularly in well-used kitchens, but it generally won’t have the same lifespan as tiles do."

Verdict: Another victory for tiles, although laminate is improving as technology advances.

What’s the best material for a range of colour, textures and patterns?

Three of our experts are on 'Team Tiles' here. "Tiles offer an enormous amount of design and interiors flexibility," says Harriet. “Whether you’re drawn to wood, marble, stone and concrete effects, bold geometric patterns, a range of colours, or textured finishes, there’s a huge variety to pick from. You can keep things understated and pared back, or create something decorative and bold depending on the look and feel you’re after.”

"Advances in digital printing and surface structuring mean porcelain can convincingly interpret timber, stone, terrazzo or decorative pattern, while also offering formats from slim planks to large-scale slabs, allowing a room to feel expansive and cohesive," agrees Grazzie.

"Tiles still win in terms of sheer design variety. You can achieve everything from stone and terrazzo to concrete and decorative patterns. That said, laminate has evolved hugely in recent years and now offers very convincing wood tones, varied plank widths and more nuanced textures," argues Nick Cryer, founder of high-end residential construction company Berkeley Place. "The gap between the two has narrowed significantly, particularly in the mid-to-high end of the market."

Verdict: For the sheer number of styles available, it's a third win for tiles,

What comes closest to the look or texture of real wood?

So far, tiles have looked like the superior option all round. but there are some areas where laminate excels, not least in mimicking real wood.

"Laminate tends to be best when it comes to wood-inspired styles," says Harriet. "Advances in printing and surface technology mean many ranges now replicate natural grain patterns quite convincingly, often at a more accessible price point than the real thing. If a timber aesthetic is your priority, laminate gives you that warmth visually without the associated cost of solid wood."

Nick Cryer agrees. "High-quality laminate has become incredibly realistic," he says. "They way they are embossed means the surface texture now aligns with the printed grain, which makes a big difference visually and underfoot. Some newer laminates also incorporate matte finishes and varied plank repeats, avoiding the overly uniform look older products had. While engineered timber is still the gold standard, premium laminates can now offer a very convincing alternative."

If you must have tiles, however, timber-look styles shouldn't be dismissed. "Wood-effect porcelain tiles have become much more detailed, capturing the variation, knots and tonal shifts found in real wood, and 'super relief' technology now allows pattern and texture to be perfectly aligned so they feel as realistic as they look," Harriet explains.

"Our Southwold tile collection has the same warm tones and natural grain of real wood but replicated in a practical porcelain tile. Designed to be waterproof and scratch-resistant, wood-effect tiles are excellent for frequently used areas like kitchens,” says Carly Allison, head of brand and product at Fired Earth.

Shop wood-look tiles

What's going to look best in my kitchen?

Ultimately, what's going to look the most beautiful is in the eye of the beholder. But our experts do think certain materials suit certain styles and layouts of kitchen.

"In open-plan kitchens, where the flooring needs to flow into living or dining areas, we often lean towards laminate because it creates visual continuity and warmth," says Nick Cryer at Berkeley Place. "In more defined or architectural rooms, particularly contemporary ones, tiles can feel more intentional and design-led. Neither is inherently better – it’s about how the flooring supports the broader spatial story."

But is one material better suited to certain aesthetics? "Yes, very much so," Nick tells us. "Tiles tend to suit contemporary, Mediterranean or minimalist interiors beautifully especially large-format porcelain with subtle texture. Laminate works particularly well in country, Scandinavian-style and transitional homes where warmth is key. We’re also seeing a rise in herringbone laminate in period renovations, where clients want the look of parquet without the cost or maintenance."

"Overall, trends are moving towards softer, more natural finishes regardless of material."

Verdict: A tie, all dependent on the look and feel you're trying to achieve.

How does each feel underfoot? And which works best with underfloor heating?

Not surprisingly, tiles tend to feel cooler underfoot, especially in winter if there’s no underfloor heating (UFH) to keep them feeling toasty. "That cool feel can be welcome in the warmer months, but it’s worth considering how you’ll feel about them all year round," says Harriet.

“Underfoot, tile will feel cooler than laminate because it conducts heat efficiently, which many homeowners value in warmer months, and when paired with underfloor heating it becomes one of the most effective floor finishes available, transferring warmth evenly across the space," agrees Grazzie. "Laminate, by contrast, provides a slightly softer and warmer initial feel but acts as more of an insulator, which can reduce heating efficiency depending on the system used."

Harriet suggests choosing a laminate that’s recommended for use with underfloor heating and pairing it with the correct thin underlay. "That way, the heat can pass through it properly," she says.

Which is easiest to install?

At last – we have a very firm agreement for our experts; that installing laminate is hands-down easier than tackling tiles.

“From a practical perspective, laminate is often quicker to install due to its click-lock construction, making it attractive for short renovation timelines," says Grazzie.

“While both products can be laid by a homeowner, laminate is usually the more straightforward option for DIY-ers," agrees Harriet. "Many systems use a click-fit method, meaning no specialist tools are required, and it can be laid relatively quickly. You’ll still need to allow for expansion gaps and use the correct trims around edges and doorways, but it’s more manageable for confident homeowners."

Tiling is undoubtedly more technical. Preparing the subfloor properly is essential, and planning the layout carefully will give you a much more professional looking finish. It often takes more time and, in many cases, benefits from professional installation to achieve a high-quality appearance. "It should be carried out by a skilled professional to ensure longevity," says Grazzie. "However, that additional investment at the beginning typically translates into greater long-term performance, easier cleaning in wet areas, and a finish that is widely perceived as more permanent and higher value within the context of the home."

Verdict: Laminate wins this round.

Which is easiest to maintain?

Interestingly, this is where our experts don't agree. "Long term, I’d say tiles are easier to maintain thanks to their durable nature,” says Carly Allison at Fired Earth. “But to ensure their appearance doesn’t grow tired, it’s important to properly preserve them, as the build-up of dirt in grout lines can make your kitchen tiles appear older than they are. Unlike laminate, porcelain tiles are fully waterproof, giving you one less thing to worry about when spillages occur.”

Harriet recommends wiping your grout down regularly with a specialist grout cleaner to help maintain then. “Choosing a slightly darker coloured grout can help disguise everyday marks, and sealing grout properly from the outset makes it easier to maintain. In areas where water and spills are common, tiles often prove to be the more forgiving option in the long run,” she says.

“For day-to-day cleaning, laminate is easy to care for,” says Harriet. "There are no grout lines to worry about, so a regular sweep using a soft brush or a vacuum on the correct hard floor setting, usually keeps dust and crumbs under control. When it comes to mopping, a well wrung-out cloth or mop is all you need. Even with water-resistant options, it’s important not to soak the floor, as too much moisture can cause issues over time. It’s also best to avoid steam cleaners, as the heat can damage the layers within the plank."

Verdict: This is a close-run thing. Tiles are easier in that you are likely to have a wider range of compatible cleaning options like steamers and, in the case of ceramic tiles, more potent detergents. BUT laminates don't have grout lines to negotiate. We'll call it a tie.

Which is cheaper, tiles or laminate?

We've left the biggest question until last, namely because this is a little like asking 'how long a is a piece of string?'

In simple terms, you could buy a semi-decent laminate floor for around £15 per sq m, although you're likely to pay closer to £30 per sq m for a quality waterproof design.

A Quick Look at Topps Tiles' website suggests the cheapest tiles you can buy that are suitable for a kitchen floor cost £16.80 per sq m. But you could easily spend upwards of £100 per sq m for a beautiful encaustic design. So on that basis, both can be affordable, but tiles have a broader cost bracket, depending on the design you pick.

The other main cost will be installation. Check-A-Trade quotes the UK average of laminate flooring installation as costing between £30 and £60 per sq m, with an average of £45 per sq m. Tiles, on the other hand, cost far more, at £110 per sq m according to Check-A-Trade.

Verdict: When you factor in material costs, and the fact that laminate installation is an easier DIY job, we say laminate is generally much cheaper as an option than tiles. If you're a skilled DIYer and choose affordable tiles, they can be fitted to a small budget, but ultimately, laminate wins.

Tiles vs Laminate: the overall verdict

Hopefully our guide has given you some flooring food for thought. But here's our final verdict, based on what our experts have told us:

Choose tiles if:

• You want maximum water resistance for a spill-prone kitchen.
• Durability is your top priority and your kitchen suffers from. heavy people and pet traffic, perhaps because it leads directly from your garden.
• You have underfloor heating – tiles conduct and retain heat very well.
• You prefer a premium, long-lasting finish that can last decades if installed properly.
• You like the look of patterned flooring for a more design-led space.

Choose laminate if:

• You’re working with a tighter budget but still want a stylish finish.
• You want a warmer, softer feel underfoot compared with hard tiles.
• Quick and easy installation matters – laminate is often DIY-friendly.
• You love the look of wood flooring but want something more affordable.
• Your kitchen is relatively low-spill and you’re careful about wiping up water quickly.
• You want a faster renovation without the mess of tile adhesive and grout.

If you've made a decision, make sure you don't make any mistakes in installing laminate flooring or why not borwse our kitchen floor tile ideas?

But we'll leave the last word to our expert, Harriet. "Ultimately, homeowners are spoilt for choice," she says. "Both tiles and laminate can offer stylish, versatile and hardwearing flooring for a kitchen. It really comes down to how you use the space and what matters most to you, whether that’s warmth underfoot, ease of installation, a seamless look or maximum resistance to moisture. Taking the time to weigh up those priorities will help you find the right fit for your home."

A well-designed kitchen tends to have a place for everything, from spice jars to saucepans – so shouldn’t your wine collection be given the same consideration? Otherwise, it risks cluttering worktops, hogging precious fridge space or languishing, forgotten, at the back of a cupboard. And no one wants that.

That said, finding the right home for your bottles can feel like a puzzle: too warm, too bright or too tucked away, and that "special occasion" red becomes little more than an overpriced bottle of vinegar. Whatever the size of your kitchen or your budget, however, there’s a smart solution that will both showcase and properly preserve your vintages.

“Whether you prefer a custom traditional wine rack, a large wine fridge, or a compact design built into your kitchen island, there are a range of ways to store your wine collection, whatever the layout of your kitchen,” says Nicolle Whyte, design director at Olive & Barr. “Storage solutions that display your favourite wines are not only convenient but add a touch of sophistication to your kitchen design and are a great conversation starter when hosting family and friends.”

With that in mind, let’s dive into your options and the decisions to make.

Why wine needs specific storage

You may be wondering why it’s so important that your wine is treated to some decent storage, especially if you don’t drink a lot of it.

“Wine is a natural, living product that continues to evolve in the bottle,” explains Mark Sellars, head of product at Wren. “Because of this, it needs carefully controlled storage conditions to preserve its flavour, aroma and structure over time.”

"The best wine storage in a kitchen begins with understanding that wine is sensitive to heat, light and fluctuation, so the solution has to do more than simply hold bottles neatly," agrees Charlotte Butler, kitchen design manager at BK Eleven. "Kitchens are active, warm environments, and the areas around ovens, hobs and dishwashers are prone to temperature swings and vibration, which can accelerate ageing and compromise flavour over time."

"For that reason, a dedicated wine cooler integrated into the cabinetry is one of the most reliable options because it offers controlled temperature and UV-protected glazing while sitting flush within the overall design language of the kitchen," she says.

What to look for when buying wine storage

Improper storage will impact the quality of your wine and that’s why controlled conditions like a dedicated wine cooler are a good choice for storing bottles at home, says Mark. Beyond standard wine coolers, there are several practical options that work well in modern or traditional layouts.

"We’re seeing growing demand for all sorts of options – wine drawers, island-end bottle storage, glazed display cabinets and dedicated pantry shelving,” says Alex Main, director of The Main Company. "For larger homes, temperature-controlled wine rooms adjacent to the kitchen are all increasingly popular."

"The best solution depends on how much wine needs to be stored, whether temperature control is important, and how visible the storage should be within the overall design," adds Mark.

When choosing your wine storage, consider the following:

1. Temperature “Regarding temperature, wine is extremely sensitive to changes, and ideally, it should be stored at a consistent 10 to 15°C,” says Mark. “Excess heat accelerates ageing and can leave wine tasting flat or ‘cooked’, while very cold conditions can slow maturation and, if extreme, risk affecting the cork. Fluctuations are particularly damaging, as expansion and contraction can allow air into the bottle and spoil the wine.”

2. Humidity Fluctuations in humidity can also affect wine quality. “Maintaining humidity levels around 60–70% is key to preserving wine quality,” Mark points out. “Too little humidity can dry out corks, allowing oxygen to seep in and oxidise the wine. On the other hand, excessive moisture can damage labels and encourage mould, which is why balanced conditions are so important.”

3. Light Exposure to sunlight and UV should also be considered, and wine should be kept away from direct sunlight and strong artificial lighting. “UV rays can prematurely age wine and break down its delicate compounds, affecting both flavour and aroma,” says Mark. "This is why many wines are bottled in darker glass for protection.” Wine fridges will often have UV-resistant glass.

4. Vibration “A factor that many don’t consider is vibration exposure,” Mark tells us. “Wine benefits from being stored in a still environment. Constant vibration, such as from appliances, is best avoided as it can disturb sediment and may affect the wine’s ability to mature. Minimising movement helps preserve the wine’s structure and overall character over time”.

"Wine conditioners that also integrates anti-vibration technology plays a big part in helping the wine age better, as it ensures the sediment isn’t disturbed which can alter the overall flavour," adds Dan.

5. Noise levels: This is key if you're siting your fridge in an open-plan or multi-use room. Measured in dB, anything around 38dB is unlikely to cause too much disturbance. You could look out for Quiet Mark certification – a standard that takes various acoustic measurements into account to assess 'loudness'. So far, only models from Miele, Neff and Siemens have been certified.

6. Energy efficiency: The less efficient your fridge, the more it will cost to run. And while the energy price cap is expected to fall this April, a saving is a saving! Appliance ratings run from A to G, though typically wine coolers tend to be less efficient, sitting between E and G.

Wine coolers

You’ll usually have the choice of one, two and occasionally three separate temperature-controlled compartments within one unit. Typically, the more different temperature zones, the larger the wine fridge and the higher the price.

"A single-zone wine cooler is a practical choice for homeowners who predominantly drink one type of wine," says Mark. "It’s simpler to operate, typically more cost-effective, and can offer excellent capacity within a compact built-in design."

"Dual-zone wine coolers, on the other hand, provide greater flexibility, allowing reds and whites to be stored at their ideal serving temperatures in one integrated appliance. They’re ideal for households with a varied wine collection. If you mainly drink either red or white wine, a single zone will usually meet your needs. However, if you enjoy a mix and want each bottle ready to serve at its best, a dual-zone model is worth the investment."

Shop wine coolers

Built-in vs freestanding wine coolers

“Built-in wine coolers are a great choice as they offer a seamless, integrated look within modern kitchen cabinetry,” says Mark at Wren. “While they may have a smaller capacity than freestanding options, they deliver a premium finish and space-saving functionality.”

"Built-in wine coolers are particularly effective when positioned away from primary heat sources and given proper ventilation at plinth level, so they perform correctly without disrupting the cabinetry line," says Charlotte at BK Eleven.

"A single-zone model works well if the aim is steady, longer-term storage at a consistent temperature, whereas a dual-zone cooler is more practical for households that regularly drink both reds and whites and want bottles closer to serving temperature at the same time," Charlotte tells us. "The key is to match the appliance to the way the household actually consumes wine, rather than defaulting to the largest capacity available."

Shop the best wine coolers for small spaces

Wine racks and displays

“Stylish and space-smart, wine wall racks turn your bottles into a feature, not just storage,” says Mark at Wren. “Perfect for small collections, they’re easy to access and integrate seamlessly into any kitchen. Bottles are also more secure within a wine rack compared to open shelving, and easier to maintain when it comes to cleaning.”

Meanwhile, Tom Howley, creative design director at the eponymous kitchen company explains: "A wine display incorporates wine storage displays as part of the overall kitchen design. We do this a lot for our clients for home entertaining, and these design elements make a lovely feature in a kitchen design."

"We have a few signature pieces for this job, such as our X-Wine Bin Displays and Square Pigeonholes, as well as angled shelving to display the bottles, and shelves with scalloped edges to accommodate the neck of a wine bottle," he says.

Open shelving

"Floating shelves don't take up a lot of physical – and therefore visual – space, making them ideal for compact or dark kitchens," says Bo Hellberg, CMO at String Furniture. "Swapping even a small run of cabinets for open shelving can make a kitchen feel larger and brighter. It allows for plenty of storage and creates an opportunity to display your favourite wines, without overwhelming the space with heavy cabinetry.”

However, bottles may not be as secure as in wine racks, and shelves requires more regular dusting and upkeep. You could consider solutions such as String's cork bottle trays, £67.20 for a two-pack, to keep your wine secure.

The use of both shelving and racks should be scrutinised if you're serious about wine. 
“Wine racks and open shelving create a beautiful design feature and are cost-effective for everyday bottles,” says Alex Main, Director at kitchen and joinery company Main. “However, they’re not suitable for long-term fine wine storage due to light and temperature fluctuations. We recommend placing them on internal walls, away from direct sunlight and cooking zones, often near a pantry or drinks area.”

Wine drawers

"Wine drawers are increasingly popular, especially integrated refrigerated drawers built into units," says Mark. "They’re convenient because they keep bottles accessible while maintaining a streamlined look."

"Wine drawers within an island or a concealed rack behind full-height doors can work well for short-term storage, particularly in contemporary kitchens where visual calm is a priority," agrees Charlotte at BK Eleven. "These options maintain a clean elevation and keep the focus on materials and joinery, but they should still be located away from heat build-up."

Masterclass Kitchens have a fine solution in this department "Our spotlit wooden wine rack drawers are the perfect solution for home entertainers who want to make their wine collection a focal point for dinner parties and merry gatherings," they say. "Available in five width options, they can hold 14 full-size wine bottles as well as wine glasses and sommelier paraphernalia."

Island storage

Kitchen islands offer another excellent opportunity for innovative wine storage. "Open storage, built-in bottle racks, or even a small under-counter cooler in the island allow wine to be stored close to entertaining spaces without taking up wall units," says Mark.

Dedicated bar area

If you have space for one, a dedicated home bar idea is the obvious place to put wine storage, and incorporating facilities like a sink and tap and freezer allow you to fill an ice bucket or make cocktails without disrupting the chef.

"In larger schemes, creating a defined drinks zone that combines a wine cooler with glass storage, as seen above, is often the most coherent approach because it keeps wine and serving elements together while subtly separating them from the cooking area," says Charlotte Butler at BK Eleven.

Hidden wine pantry

If you are keen to keep your collection under wraps – perhaps because it's valuable or vast – you could consider hiding it in a separate room adjoining the kitchen. This walk-in pantry approach might also help you better protect it from light and heat sources.

"We were able to build a ‘secret’ door into the wine utility room, which boasts a custom-made solid oak entrance and wine rack,” explains Nicolle Whyte, Design Director at Olive & Barr. “The doors sat discreetly next to the fridge, so once closed, they were cleverly disguised as a larder. This meant the homeowners could minimise clutter while concealing a secret passageway, which makes for a great surprise when hosting guests, too!"

How much does wine storage cost?

A decent built-in wine cooler is likely to start at a few hundred pounds for a slimline model, building up to £500-£1,000 for an undercounter 60cm-wide appliance, and then running into the low thousands for a tall wine cooler with multiple temperature zones.

If you're looking at a bespoke solution, you will likely pay thousands of pounds for the design and fit of your made-to-order space. A simple wine storage area with oak or pine racks can cost anywhere between £1,500 and £7,500, according to Wine Cellars UK. For a climate-controlled area, you're looking into the tens of thousands of pounds.

Wine storage can cost anything from £20 for a small countertop rack into the thousands, depending on what you're after.

If you're on a budget, a freestanding rack will be your affordable go-to. And if you are remodelling a kitchen, you may be able to incorporate a simple wine storage rack for a reasonable cost. For example, the Ohio five-bottle wine rack from Wickes, designed to be built into a Wickes kitchen, costs £80.

The White Kitchen Company's 21-bottle wall mounted wine rack, on the other hand, costs £402.

Where to put wine storage

As we've discussed, wine should ideally be stored in a cool, dark, and stable environment, away from vibrating appliances and heat sources like ovens and dishwashers, to preserve its flavour and quality. But what else should be considered?

"Wine conditioners work best when positioned for convenience, but also with the overall flow of the kitchen," says Dan at Miele. "Wine units and under-counter fridges are a natural fit for entertaining areas, installing them in a dedicated bar section or at the end of an island means easy access for both the host and guests can help themselves without interrupting the main cooking space."

"The best spots for wine in the kitchen are under-counter wine fridges, dedicated shaded units, or integrated racks in islands," says Mark. "These are places that are both accessible and protected from light and heat. Avoid placing wine above ovens, next to radiators, or in direct sunlight, as temperature fluctuations and light exposure can damage the wine."

Incorporating wine storage into your design

“Wine storage should feel architectural, not like an afterthought,” says Alex Main. “We often frame coolers in matching cabinetry, use smoked or reeded glass to soften their look, or design bespoke timber racks that echo the kitchen’s materials.”

“Treat it as part of the kitchen design rather than an add-on,” suggests Mark at Wren. “Integrated solutions tend to work best visually, such as built-in coolers that align with units. or racks finished in the same materials as the kitchen.”

Placement is also important. “Wine storage often works well at the end of a run of units, in an island, or in a feature section such as a glazed unit. These areas allow the storage to feel intentional and balanced rather than interrupting the main working areas,” says Mark.

"For an elegant, cohesive look, integrated models allow cabinetry to remain seamless while still providing easy access," Dan adds. "Ultimately, think about creating a dedicated drinks zone, where drinks can be served in one place, it’s both practical and sociable.”

Material choices can also help maintain the aesthetic. “Matching wood tones, using metal finishes that complement handles and appliances, or incorporating lighting within shelving can turn wine storage into a design feature rather than a distraction,” Mark advises. “In many contemporary kitchens, display shelving for bottles and glassware is used as a focal point, which can add warmth and personality to otherwise clean, modern spaces."

Shop wine racks

We say the best wine storage is a lot like the perfect dinner guest – cool, beautiful, smart... and not too loud.

That said, the kitchen isn’t the only place your bottles can live. A glazed wine wall can bring drama to a dining room, and a wine cellar basement conversion or wine snug can turn storage into an experience. Even a well-designed utility room can offer stable conditions with less heat fluctuation than a busy cooking space.

Ultimately, the best location balances temperature, light and convenience – and, of course, has somewhere to keep the corkscrew!

A common question that I’m asked when someone is thinking about a kitchen extension is how long it’s all going to take. Usually this inquiry is followed by whether it will be finished for Christmas.

The honest answer is that a kitchen extension nearly always takes longer than people expect, but when it’s planned properly, the timescales are far more predictable than their reputation suggests.

What catches people out is that the physical building work is only part of the story. By the time a builder turns up, most of the important decisions should already have been made, with orders placed and approvals sorted. Miss this preparation work and the build will struggle to get off the ground whilst everyone waits for drawings, approvals and materials. Get the preparation right, and the whole process feels much more under control, even when construction starts and the inevitable disruption kicks in.

Phase one: Before you start your kitchen extension

Before a single brick can be laid, there’s a surprisingly long runway called the pre-start phase. This phase is often underestimated, partly because it doesn’t feel like “doing the build”, but it’s also the part that has the biggest influence on how smoothly the build phase will run.

1. Concept work (at least 2 weeks)

The very first step is usually a short burst of concept work. This might be as simple as sketching ideas over the kitchen table, pulling together inspiration and having some honest conversations about budget and priorities.

In many cases this takes a couple of weeks, not because the work itself is slow, but because decisions need to be made which often need to be slept on. Rushing this stage often leads to expensive changes later, particularly when people haven’t fully thought through how the new kitchen design will work when it’s finished.

2. Designing a kitchen extension (two to four weeks)

Once the concept is agreed, the design then needs to be finalised. Whether you’re working with an architect, a designer or a design-and-build contractor, this stage is about turning ideas into a technical design that can be priced, and then built out.

Layouts are fixed, structural openings agreed, glazing sized and kitchen layout ideas finalised. At the same time, choices around cabinetry, worktops and appliances need to be made. Allow two to four weeks here if decisions can be made promptly, but be aware that indecision can easily stretch this out.

3. Ordering materials and booking trades (at least eight weeks)

The longest wait in the entire process often comes next – ordering materials and booking trades. Bespoke kitchen cabinetry, high end kitchen appliances and specialist glazing can have lead times of eight to ten weeks, and sometimes even longer.

Good kitchen fitters, electricians and plumbers are also booked well in advance, particularly in busy areas or ahead of peak seasons. This is where even well planned projects can stall if orders weren’t placed early enough.

4. Permissions and regulations (at least eight weeks)

Planning permission and building control sit alongside all of this. Some kitchen extensions fall under permitted development, others don’t, and structural changes always need building control approval regardless.

Even where planning isn’t required, structural calculations, drainage proposals and insulation details all need to be set out and agreed. Local authority timescales vary, and whilst building control is usually pragmatic, they won’t rush because a homeowner has booked a kitchen delivery.

In terms of how long planning permission takes, expect to factor in at least eight weeks.

Phase two: Building your kitchen extension

Once everything is in place, the building work for your kitchen extension ideas can begin. The early days are usually the messiest, as demolition and site clearance get underway. Existing doors, windows or walls come out, and as the site is prepared the garden often looks worse for wear.

This part can be quick, and sometimes just a few days. But it’s also the stage where neighbours tend to notice what’s going on, so good communication helps.

1. Your kitchen extension's foundations and drainage (at least two weeks)

Extension foundations and drainage are next, which is where ground conditions start to influence the timeline. Straightforward trench foundations can be dug and poured within a week, but unexpected drainage diversions, poor ground conditions or deeper foundations can slow things down.

This is also a key point where inspections are required. Concrete can’t be poured until the excavations have been inspected. If your inspector is busy, this can mean a short pause before concreting can proceed.

The actual pouring of concrete can take around a week, but factor in at least a week of delays.

2. Building your kitchen extension's walls and roof (at least four weeks)

Once the foundations are poured, the superstructure progresses quickly. Medium sized brick and block builds might take a couple of weeks to get up to wall plate level, while faster build systems such as timber frame or SIPs can shorten this significantly.

Roof construction and roof coverings follow, and getting the extension watertight is a key milestone. This should take another couple of weeks and until watertight has been achieved, progress inside should be on hold to avoid damage from the weather.

3. First fix electrical and plumbing work (from two days to six weeks)

With the shell complete, attention turns to making good and first fix operations. Openings are formed, and new windows and doors go in. Electricians and plumbers also get started by running their cables and pipework before the walls are closed up.

The time this stage takes varies hugely depending on the specification and complexity of the build. It could be as quick as two days for a basic kitchen extension but if the kitchen layout is ambitious, or includes kitchen islands, bifolds, underfloor heating or lots of integrated appliances, extra time is needed, potentially up to six weeks. Don’t forget, first fixing is a key inspection stage so you'll also need to call in the building control inspector.

4. Plastering and screed (at least two weeks)

Plastering and screeding marks the end of the first fix phase, and is the moment where patience pays off. Freshly poured floors and new plaster needs time to dry, especially in cooler months, or where underfloor heating isn’t yet operational.

Rushing ahead with paint or tiling can lead to problems, so take your time. A few extra days here will avoid remedial work later. This will take at least two weeks, depending on the size of your kitchen extension, as well as if it is a open plan kitchen extension or separated off into different rooms.

Phase three: Fitting out your kitchen extension

Once the structure is complete and reasonably dry, the focus shifts to the kitchen itself. This is an exciting stage, but one where sequencing becomes critical.

Before any new kitchens units can be fitted, the room must be properly prepared. Floors levelled, walls checked, and plumbing and electrical services installed to suit the kitchen design. This prep work only takes a day or two, but if something's not quite right, skipping it will become a false economy.

1. Fitting your kitchen units (at least two days)

Kitchen fitting is often quicker than people expect. A competent installer with everything on site can usually install base and wall units in two or three days.

Problems tend to arise not from the fitting itself, but from missing components or last-minute changes. Checking deliveries and not changing your mind is therefore vital to keep things on track.

2. Fitting new kitchen worktops (at least ten days)

Kitchen worktops introduce a built-in pause. Solid stone and quartz worktops can only be templated once the base units are fixed in place. Templating is usually quick, but fabrication can take ten days or so, and sometimes longer during busy periods.

This is normal and needs to be factored into the overall programme. If laminate worktops are specified, these can be installed straight after the cabinetry, so the timeline here is much quicker.

3. Second fix kitchen electrics and plumbing (two days to two weeks)

Once the worktops are installed, the second fix phase can continue. Appliances installed and connected, sinks and taps plumbed in, electrics completed and tested, and any remaining tiling finished.

This stage can take anywhere from a few days to a couple of weeks, depending on how available the trades are. Building control will also want to make their final inspection, so book this in and let everyone know when it’s happening.

4. Decorating your kitchen extension

The final touches are what turns a building site into a beautiful living space. Decorating, kitchen flooring and snagging all happen here, and whilst these jobs are individually small, they still need time to complete. Trying to rush to meet an arbitrary deadline often results in poor quality so don’t do it – patience is advised.

When to start

If there’s one piece of advice that I give quite often, it's to work backwards from when you want the kitchen finished, not when you want builders to start. For anyone hoping to be cooking Christmas dinner in a new kitchen, an August or early September start on site is usually the sweet spot. Add in the pre-start phase, and for the average kitchen extension the likely project timeline is going to take around six months to complete. This might mean that the summer holidays have to go on hold whilst the pre-start phase is done properly.

Trying to squeeze a kitchen extension into a tighter window is possible, but it relies on everything going right, from design sign-offs to planning approvals and supplier lead times. In my experience, the projects that feel less stressful are those that are well planned, with breathing space built in, and trades who are lined up well in advance.

With a bit of good planning, the whole build will be better organised so trades can get their work done quickly. By starting early, even the jeopardy of a Christmas deadline won’t become a regrettable experience.

Making sure you properly budget your kitchen extension costs will ensure your kitchen extension timeline stays on track and doesn't cause any delays. Underestimating whether you have enough funds is a common kitchen design mistake, so avoiding this by ensuring you don't overstretch yourself is important.

A kitchen renovation is one of those projects that feels exciting right up until it isn’t. At the start, it’s all inspirational images and big ideas suggesting how much better your kitchen’s going to be. But somewhere along the way, many people realise they’ve made mistakes that are very hard to undo.

Kitchens are complex spaces that need to balance aesthetics, functionality, budget and buildability. Without taking the time to think through how the space will actually be used, problems and disappointments are likely.

Typical problems include poor design, installation difficulties, accessibility problems, not enough worktop space, or simply a kitchen that’s awkward to use. Most of these problems are down to the following common kitchen renovation mistakes, which fortunately are entirely avoidable.

1. Ripping out your old kitchen too quickly

Ripping out old units and kitchen appliances can be a very quick job, sometimes taking as little as only a few days to strip out the room. Therefore, it can be tempting to go ahead with removing the old kitchen before finalising your new design, as creating your blank canvas as a starting point can feel like your kitchen renovation is properly underway.

However, it is worth bearing in mind that the work that goes into a deciding, ordering, measuring, and fitting a new kitchen is nowhere near as speedy. And that's before you've had a chance to assess the fabric of the room, adding in any insulation that's needed, underfloor heating and/or flooring, changing windows and more. All this can take weeks or even months, so you need to have a plan for how to have a functioning cooking space before you even think about removing your old kitchen.

2. Not paying attention to electrics and plumbing

Installation and services connection mistakes are some of the most common problems when it comes to kitchen renovations. Kitchens often go wrong because they’re designed or ordered before the room is fully understood. Even small measurement errors can lead to gaps, clashes with services or units that won’t fit. An accurate survey is essential and should be carried out once all building work and finishes are complete, not at shell stage. It must confirm final room dimensions, the exact position of services, and wall and floor construction so units can be fixed, supported and plumbed in correctly.

Many expensive mistakes happen behind the scenes. Kitchens have a complex network of electrics, plumbing, drainage and ventilation, all of which must be planned and installed before walls are finished and cabinets fixed. Fitting kitchen units before service positions are finalised almost always results in compromises, awkward pipe runs, boxings or appliances that don’t fit properly. In the worst cases, newly-installed cabinetry may even have to be altered or removed.

3. Buying a showroom kitchen on a whim

Discontinued showroom kitchens can also cause problems, as they’re rarely designed to suit the space or services positions. Whilst they might look like a bargain, unless they can be properly adapted, they often become an expensive mistake.

That's why it's so important to have a proper understanding of your room and what you want to achieve as well as those all-important measurements before committing to buying your new kitchen – regardless of how good a deal something might seem.

That's not to say you shouldn't buy a showroom kitchen, just don't do it without fully assessing whether you have enough of it to work in your space. You don't want to end up short, when there's no way of buying additional matching units.

4. Overlooking ventilation requirements

Kitchen ventilation shouldn’t be overlooked as cooking produces steam, grease and smells, which must be expelled, especially in open-plan kitchens. Choosing a kitchen extractor that’s too small, underpowered or incorrectly vented can lead to smells lingering and grease settling where it's not wanted.

Proper ventilation needs to be considered alongside the layout of the kitchen. A powerful, well-positioned extractor that vents to the outside is essential, and a good design should also test out what’s possible.

Recirculating hoods are frequently specified to overcome ducting problems but have their limitations. And down draft ventilation sounds great, but unless the large vent ducts required can be vented externally, it’s likely to become an expensive and rather pointless novelty.

Shop kitchen extractors

5. Not including a contingency within your budget

A common regret is underestimating how much a kitchen renovation will cost. Even relatively straightforward refurbishments have a few unexpected surprises – outdated electrics, uneven floors or services that aren’t where they’re supposed to be. If budget is tight and the programme has no breathing space, these surprises quickly become stressful and expensive.

A sensible contingency is a necessity, and allowing an extra 10% to 20% on top of the expected renovation cost helps to deal with unexpected issues without panicking or cutting corners. It enables better decision making and avoids mistakes that would typically come back to haunt you.

6. Making big renovation decisions 'on the hoof'

Another common mistake is rushing in without a clear design and plan. Kitchen renovations are complex projects and often executed under pressure, especially when the space is out of action and daily life disrupted. This pressure can lead to decisions made on the hoof, compromised design and a poorly finished product. Good kitchen design requires thorough planning of layout, the right appliance locations, assessing your storage needs and figuring out how the space will be used at different times of day, and by different people.

There’s also a tendency to focus on looks at the expense of functionality. It’s easy to fall in love with a particular design, but the danger is choosing a design that looks fantastic but can’t cope with everyday use. It’s best to test the layout during the planning stage by imagining how the main working zones will work – imagine unloading the dishwasher, cooking a full meal or making breakfast. If something feels awkward, change it.

7. Ignoring basic kitchen layout principles

Kitchen layout mistakes are often the most painful because they’re difficult and expensive to fix. Ignoring basic kitchen design principles is surprisingly common, particularly in open-plan spaces where the kitchen is a piece of furniture, and part of a larger room.

The kitchen triangle is a key design concept and the relationship between the hob, sink and fridge has a huge impact on how well the kitchen will work. A good layout allows natural movement between preparation, cooking and cleaning spaces without constantly crossing paths or walking unnecessary distances. This doesn’t mean every kitchen must follow a textbook triangle, but it does mean the flow needs to be properly thought through.

8. Skimping on kitchen storage space

Poor kitchen storage ideas and worktop space is another typical problem. Kitchens have a habit of accumulating far more things than people anticipate, from small appliances to food storage and even everyday junk. Many renovators focus on storing away small kitchen appliances but overlook where to put everyday items. The result is worktops that are permanently crowded or cupboards that are clumsily overfilled.

Planning storage requires an understanding of what you’ll need to store. This means taking stock of what you actually own and how you use it. Ideally, making use of less obvious storage areas. For example, deep drawers are often more practical than cupboards, corner storage systems will transform this awkward space. Plinth drawers are even a possibility and can provide valuable extra storage.

9. Leaving insufficient clearance around a kitchen island

Kitchen islands are extremely popular but are often misunderstood features in modern kitchens. An island can provide extra workspace, storage and a social focal point. But it can also completely ruin the flow of a room if it’s poorly sized or badly positioned. Making your kitchen island size too large and leaving insufficient clearance around it, can block walkways, make appliances difficult to open and create bottlenecks when more than one person is working in the kitchen. As a general rule, major walkways should allow at least a metre of clear space.

Another common error is placing an island where it interrupts the natural movement through the space. This is particularly relevant in kitchen extensions that connect to gardens or dining areas.

10. Cutting costs by going cheap on high-use items

Kitchens are expensive, and when costs start to climb, it’s tempting to look for savings. One of the biggest mistakes is to skimp on quality in high-use areas such as kitchen worktops.

Cabinet carcasses, hinges and drawer runners are equally as important as they’re subject to daily wear and tear. Opting for the cheapest option can lead to wear, damage and a worn-out kitchen much sooner than expected.

When it comes to hardware – handles and knobs – it’s important to opt for something that doesn’t just look good. They’re one of the few parts of a kitchen that you’ll physically interact with every day, and there’s nothing worse than having something like a dishwasher door being impossible to pull open due to a poor choice in kitchen handle. Take time to test handles, consider how comfortable they are to use and think about how well they’ll age. Ideally opt for something that’s easy to use and will pass the test of time.

Shop kitchen cabinet hardware

11. Choosing the cheapest tradesperson

It isn't just a bad idea to skimp on kitchen units and worktops, the same can apply to tradespeople too. Choosing the lowest quote without understanding what’s included, or who will actually be carrying out the work, can be a false economy.

A capable, experienced installer may cost more upfront but is far less likely to make expensive mistakes that could end up costing you more in the long run.

That said, just because someone is the cheapest doesn't always mean they aren't the best. And the same can be true the other way around with the most expensive tradesperson too. It's important to do your due diligence and your research to ensure you make the right choice.

12. Failing to address poor lighting

Kitchen lighting ideas are another area where shortcomings are likely. A kitchen might look bright and airy but once a raft of kitchen units are installed, it could become gloomy and dark. Relying on electric ceiling lights isn’t ideal, particularly in kitchens with wall units that cast shadows over work surfaces.

Good kitchen lighting requires a “layered” approach where ambient lighting sets the overall mood, task lighting supports functionality, and accent lighting highlights features or creates atmosphere. Skipping one of these layers usually results in a kitchen that doesn’t quite work in real life.

Shop kitchen lighting

13. Forgetting to design accessibility into a kitchen renovation

Kitchens that become difficult to use as our lives evolve can become a real problem. Depending on your stage of life, simple design choices can make a big difference to the usability of a kitchen, and being mindful of these during a kitchen renovation can help futureproof your space and avoid having to spend more money in the future.

For example, incorporating drawers instead of low cupboards, installing pull-out shelves or choosing appliances at more comfortable heights. Even something like a boiling water tap, which you can pick up easily on Amazon, can improve day-to-day convenience and safety by removing the need for trailing cables and carrying boiling water across a room.

If your kitchen renovation is part of a larger renovation project, some of these principles can transfer over to other rooms when renovating a house. But before you get stuck in, be sure to assess your house renovation fully first, as well as looking at your home renovation costs in great detail, ideally breaking them down room-by-room.

When I first moved in to my Victorian home, it had all the makings of a period dream –except for the kitchen. That space was firmly stuck in the 1990s, complete with cheap lino flooring, a weary breakfast bar that had clearly seen better days, and finishes that felt more rental flat than heritage home.

But all wasn’t lost. For starters, there was beautiful arched window, and a surprisingly good cooker hood that I was determined to keep. Beneath the dated surfaces, there was real potential, I just had to realise it.

So, while I didn’t have the budget for a full bespoke overhaul, I did have a vision. I wanted the room to feel as though it truly belonged to the house: rooted in its Victorian bones rather than tacked on from another decade. So instead of starting from scratch, I made seven considered design choices that gradually transformed the space.

1. I embraced a deep, cocooning colour palette

The first big decision was the kitchen wall colour – and I didn’t want to play it safe. I’ve always loved the look of deVOL kitchens, and after one too many evenings flicking through their brochure, I landed on a deep heritage blue that felt instantly right for my home. I wanted the kitchen to feel cocooning and grounded, not bright and show-home glossy.

So I went all in and painted the cabinets, the walls, and even the shelving in the same moody shade. It sounds bold, but colour-drenching the space actually made it feel calmer and more cohesive. And when paired with aged brass hardware (more on that shortly), the contrast feels rich rather than too heavy.

That said, heritage colour doesn’t have to mean embracing the darkside. Helen Parker, creative director at deVOL Kitchens, explains that softer palettes can feel just as authentic:

“We’re installing cupboards in rich but pale creams – think clotted cream – layered with muted butter yellows and deeper mossy greens or earthy browns," she says. "These natural tones sit beautifully with wood or honed Carrara marble, creating warmth and depth that feels reminiscent of Victorian and Georgian kitchens.”

It’s that layering of earthy, natural tones that makes a kitchen feel rooted in history rather than trend-led. Whether you choose deep and dramatic or soft and creamy, the key is to avoid flat, synthetic shades and instead opt for colours with warmth and complexity.

2. I kept the lights traditional and warm

The previous setup relied exclusively on bright white overhead spotlights that flattened everything, leaving no softness or sense of atmosphere. So when I redesigned the space, I focused on keeping the kitchen lighting traditional and, most importantly, warm.

Overhead, I embraced the unlacquered brass spotlights, but swapped the bulbs to much warmer ones. Elsewhere, I introduced pockets of light through under-cabinet strip lighting and internal lights to make the glazed cupboards glow from within. A substantial antiqued wall mirror also helps bounce light back into the space in the evening. Beyond that, I let the room fall into gentle shadow, as it feels more layered and infinitely more in keeping with a Victorian home.

Daniel Fosbery, founder of Fosbery Studio, agrees that atmosphere comes from contrast rather than uniform brightness: “Lighting, especially when achieving ambience and atmosphere, is about a mix of light and dark spots,” he explains. “Think of those beautiful Caravaggio oil paintings. The main features – work areas or displays like shelving – should be highlighted and well lit, but the areas outside of this can be much darker.”

3. I repositioned the kitchen sink and let the tap shine

When reconfiguring the kitchen, one of the very first things I changed was the kitchen sink. In my old kitchen layout, it had been stuck to one side, doing its job but adding absolutely nothing to the room. So I repositioned it beneath the arched window, where the morning light now pools across the basin.

I chose a classic ceramic sink and paired it with a brass farmhouse tap that feels satisfyingly solid every time you turn it on. The warmth of the metal instantly softened the space, while smaller design choices – like swapping out tired plastic sponges for this wooden dish brush from ecoliving.co.uk. – helped bring the whole scheme together.

If the budget had allowed, I would have splashed out on a traditional Belfast sink, because they just belong in Victorian homes. As Jennifer Townsend, senior category manager at Rangemaster, explains: “Belfast sinks are a natural companion to heritage kitchens. Their generous proportions and simple geometry suit traditional cabinetry, while details like fluted apron fronts and subtle surface texture add interest without feeling overly decorative.”

But whether you opt for Belfast or stick with ceramic, cohesion is what really matters. Townsend adds: “The key is to consider how features work together. When sinks, taps, appliances and cabinetry share a similar design language, the result feels rooted and characterful without compromising modern functionality.”

4. I swapped modern hardware for reclaimed brass

Despite giving the room a moody coat of paint, the design choice that made the biggest impact was replacing all the kitchen handles and hardware.

Out went the dull, forgettable handles and in came antique reclaimed brass, sourced surprisingly cheap from both Etsy and Vinted (trust me, the vintage homeware finds are getting good). I wanted the details to feel handcrafted, rather than mass-produced, and brass has a weight and warmth that fits the bill.

I especially love the 3 unlacquered brass cup handles (pictured above) that I found for under £10 on Vinted, as they remind me of old apothecary drawers and feel satisfyingly solid in your hand. There’s something tactile about them that just reads “period” rather than “modern kitchen.”

Swapping hardware doesn’t require much DIY skill, yet the impact can be transformative. But if you’re going to do it, make sure you commit. I matched my handles to the brass kitchen tap and even echoed the material in picture frames and in honeycomb shelf brackets (purchased from ABHardware on Etsy).

5. I chose a statement freestanding piece of furniture

Before working on my own home, I hadn’t given much thought to the freestanding versus fitted kitchen debate. But when bespoke inframe kitchens are out of budget, there’s something incredibly liberating about sourcing individual pieces and letting the room evolve.

So I logged into Facebook Marketplace and found an authentic Victorian dresser for £100 – including local delivery – and promptly decided it would become my 'new' coffee station. It’s imperfect, full of character, and feels like it’s always belonged here. In time, I’ll add an offcut of marble to finish the top, but even as it is, this freestanding piece anchors the scheme beautifully.

I also stumbled across an old set of drawers on marketplace that I’ve since upcycled into an apothecary-style unit. For now, it lives in my study, but I’m very tempted to give it a second life as kitchen storage. I can already picture neatly labelled cutlery and all those inevitable kitchen odds and ends finally having a proper home.

6. I hid modern appliances behind doors and curtains

No matter how beautiful your cabinetry is, a chunky microwave or bulky air fryer will instantly pull a kitchen back into 2026. One of the simplest tricks I’ve used is hiding everyday appliances behind cupboard doors – and, where possible, tucking them into a small pantry.

You could also embrace café curtains, as they allow you to soften lower cabinets and conceal big kitchen appliances without feeling too heavy. While they’re often associated with cottage kitchens, they work just as well in heritage spaces, adding a slightly nostalgic touch that feels intentional rather than "twee".

7. I curated treasured artwork and decorative touches

Who says a kitchen can’t house your favourite artwork and collectables? No, you probably don’t want to hang an heirloom oil painting directly in the splash zone of your stove – but that doesn’t mean the room should be personality-free.

In my kitchen, I leaned into the period feel by styling the open shelving with decorative storage jars, trailing houseplants and the odd piece of vintage paraphernalia. The walls are layered with woven baskets and gilded frames, while the countertops mix rustic stoneware with old marmalade jars that look far too charming to hide away.

These little touches make the space feel lived-in rather than styled. And the best part is they’re easy to swap around whenever I fancy a refresh.

One of the simplest and most affordable ways to add period charm to your home is through considered kitchen décor ideas. Layer in wooden boards, stoneware and vintage finds, and the whole space instantly feels more rooted in its history.

When budgets are under pressure, it’s tempting to see flooring as a place to cut corners. But as one of the hardest-working surfaces in your home, choosing the best kitchen flooring is still something that deserves careful thought, even if you’re renovating on a tight budget.

Kitchens today don't only serve as functional work zones. They frequently double as dining rooms and entertaining spaces all rolled into one, which means your flooring needs to cope with heavy foot traffic, dropped utensils and the occasional red wine spill. Thankfully, cheap kitchen flooring options have come a long way in both durability and design.

From realistic wood-effect vinyl to characterful ceramic tiles, there are plenty of cost-effective materials that don’t look or feel ‘budget’. Below, we break down the best affordable kitchen flooring options, along with expert advice on installation and where homeowners often go wrong.

What is the best affordable kitchen flooring?

1. Luxury Vinyl Flooring (LVT)

“When selecting affordable kitchen flooring, I’d choose either LVT flooring (luxury vinyl tile) or SPC (stone plastic composite, which is also a type of vinyl),” says Graeme Shelley, managing director at Factory Direct Flooring. “Both are very easy to clean, deal with moisture very well, and the thicker varieties are ideal for kitchens with heavy foot traffic. LVT is the better option of the two if budget is at the top of your priority list, but SPC typically lasts longer and is stronger than standard LVT, making it cope better with everyday use.”

Depending on thickness, LVT typically lasts 10–25 years if properly maintained. “Thicker varieties are particularly worthwhile in high-traffic areas, which is almost always true for kitchens,” Graeme adds. “I’d recommend LVT around the 6mm thickness mark for kitchens, which should last 20+ years.”

SPC, thanks to its rigid core made from limestone, stabilisers and polymer, can last even longer – around 25–30 years when well maintained. Roll vinyl, meanwhile, generally lasts 10–20 years.

Costs:

• Vinyl flooring typically starts from around £8.50 per m²
• LVT from £16.99 per m²
• SPC from £19.98 per m²

Shop LVT flooring

2. Ceramic Floor Tiles

“Ceramic kitchen floor tiles tend to be one of the most budget-friendly and practical options for kitchens,” says Camilla Masi, interior designer at Otto Tiles & Design.

There’s often a perception that ceramic means glossy or flat-looking, but many contemporary designs now feature nuanced, artisanal matt finishes that feel far more considered. “These finishes add subtle depth and texture, which helps the floor feel much more expensive than it actually is,” Camilla explains.

Ceramic tiles are also hard-wearing and easy to clean, making them well suited to high-traffic areas. Many matt finishes are naturally slip-resistant, which is a valuable practical feature in busy kitchens.

A well-made ceramic floor tile can last for decades with minimal maintenance – just be sure to clean them with pH-neutral products to preserve the surface.

Costs: Expect to pay from around £15–£35 per m² for standard ceramic floor tiles, depending on size and finish.

3. Porcelain Floor Tiles

“For kitchens, we most often recommend porcelain tile,” says Grazzie Wilson, head of creative at Ca' Pietra. “It remains one of the most practical and cost-effective materials available because it combines durability, low maintenance and strong design flexibility at an accessible price point.”

In a space that sees regular footfall, spillages and temperature fluctuations, porcelain performs consistently well. Plus, it’s denser and less porous than its ceramic cousin, which makes it particularly resistant to moisture.

What's more, even affordable porcelain tiles can convincingly replicate terracotta, marble or encaustic patterns, allowing homeowners to achieve a high-end look without the cost or maintenance of natural materials.

“A well-made porcelain floor, even at an accessible price point, should last decades if correctly installed and maintained,” Grazzie adds. With proper preparation, quality grout and routine cleaning, cheap porcelain flooring can remain stable and visually consistent for many years.

Costs: Budget porcelain tiles often start from around £20–£40 per m².

Shop porcelain tiles

How much should you spend on cheap kitchen flooring?

How much you should budget for your kitchen floor ideas depends on several factors: the type of flooring you choose, the size of your kitchen, how much preparation the subfloor requires and whether you plan to install it yourself.

Most kitchen flooring is priced per square metre, so the overall cost will largely depend on the size of your space. With the average UK kitchen measuring around 14m², and allowing an additional 10% for wastage, homeowners could expect to spend roughly £130–£310 on materials alone at the lower end of the price spectrum.

DIY installation can keep costs down, particularly for click-fit LVT or straightforward tile formats. However, it’s important to be realistic about the time, tools and physical labour involved. If mistakes mean starting again, any initial savings can quickly disappear.

If hiring a professional installer, expect to pay approximately £225–£300 per day, depending on location and complexity. While it adds to the upfront cost, professional fitting can significantly extend the life of your flooring.

How to choose cheap tiles for a luxury finish

The hidden costs

“The most common mistake is focusing purely on cost per square metre,” warns Camilla Masi. When budget becomes the sole driver, important considerations like the subfloor, tile finish and maintenance requirements can be overlooked.

Additional costs such as sealing, specialist adhesives, levelling compounds or underlay should always be factored in. “Even on a tight budget, it’s important to balance cost with performance and usability,” Camilla explains. "Speaking with a knowledgeable tile showroom about how a tile will wear, how it should be sealed or cleaned, and whether it’s suitable for floor use can make a significant difference to your overall costs and how well it performs over time.”

Prioritising appearance over practicality

“Another common mistake with tiles is trying to replicate the look of a more expensive material without considering how it will actually function as a floor,” says Camilla Masi.

“Large formats, slippery finishes or tiles that don’t suit the scale of the space can all cause problems. Likewise, many porcelain tiles are designed to imitate other materials, such as marble or timber, and can end up feeling visually flat or inauthentic once installed.”

Installation issues

Laying kitchen floor tiles on a DIY basis can help keep costs down, but cutting corners during installation can prove expensive later down the line.

“Kitchens are unforgiving environments for poor installation,” warns Grazzie Wilson. . “An uneven subfloor, inadequate adhesive coverage or rushed setting times can lead to issues that are expensive to rectify. If the space is large, open-plan or includes underfloor heating, professional installation is often advisable. The cost of fitting is typically a smaller proportion of the overall project than people assume, and it protects the longevity of the floor.”

How to give LVT flooring an expensive look?

Don't choose low-grade options

“Very low-grade laminates or soft vinyl products can be problematic in kitchens,” warns Grazzie Wilson. While they may appear cost-effective initially, she says they’re often vulnerable to moisture, particularly around joins and edges. Once water penetrates, swelling and lifting can follow. Investing slightly more in a thicker, more durable product can significantly extend the life of your flooring.

Opt for good preparation and installation

“Skipping prep is a big mistake,” warns Graeme Shelley. “Your subfloor must be level, dry and clean before laying new flooring, and materials should be allowed to acclimatise for around 48 hours prior to installation.”

Laying flooring on an uneven surface can result in misaligned planks, gaps and premature wear. “It’s not just an aesthetics issue,” Graeme explains. “Gaps can allow moisture and debris in, undermining the integrity of the floor.” Taking the time to properly prepare the base will ensure even the most budget-friendly flooring looks professional and lasts longer.

FAQs

Is cheap kitchen flooring less durable?

Not necessarily. Price doesn’t always reflect performance, especially with modern materials like LVT and porcelain. Many affordable options can last 15–30 years when properly installed and maintained. The key difference tends to be thickness, wear layer (for vinyl) and installation quality, rather than whether a product sits in a “budget” collection.

What is the easiest budget kitchen flooring to maintain?

Vinyl flooring, including LVT and SPC, is generally the easiest to maintain, as it’s water-resistant, doesn’t require sealing and can be cleaned with a simple sweep and mop. Porcelain tiles are also low maintenance due to their low porosity, just make sure grout lines are properly sealed and cleaned regularly to prevent staining.

What is the cheapest way to floor a kitchen?

Sheet vinyl (also known as roll vinyl) is typically the lowest-cost option upfront. It can start from around £8–£10 per square metre and is relatively DIY-friendly. However, homeowners should factor in subfloor preparation and lifespan. Paying slightly more for a thicker LVT or entry-level porcelain tile may offer better long-term value

Is laminate flooring suitable for kitchens on a budget?

Laminate can work in kitchens, but it must be moisture-resistant and properly installed. Lower-grade laminate is vulnerable to swelling if water seeps into the joins. If spills are common or the kitchen is heavily used, waterproof LVT or porcelain is usually a safer long-term choice.

Can you use engineered wood in a budget kitchen renovation?

“Engineered flooring is considered one of the best and most suitable for the kitchen," says Natalie Mudd, co-founder of Knot & Grain. "The top layer is made entirely of solid wood, bonded to a layer of extremely strong plywood beneath and a stabilising backing layer. This layered design balances out the tensions in the wood and in turn, prevents the wood from bending or swelling in areas of changing moisture, such as the kitchen."

However, engineered wood is not usually a budget option, costing around £40-£75m². "For those looking to reduce costs while maintaining an aesthetically pleasing floor should consider long planks," adds Natalie. "Quicker to install and requires less cutting and therefore less wastage.”

What flooring should never be used in a kitchen?

“For me, carpet is a no-no in a kitchen,” warns Graeme Shelley. “You need something that can withstand spills, splashes and frequent cleaning, and carpet simply isn’t designed for that kind of environment.”

In kitchens, natural flooring and absorbent materials can quickly become unhygienic and difficult to maintain. Instead, opt for water-resistant, easy-clean options that are designed to cope with these conditions.

Because the kitchen sees so much daily wear, it pays to take your time when selecting flooring. For more guidance, explore our guide to laminate flooring, as well as our in-depth comparison of vinyl vs laminate options.

Should you ever rip out your AGA or Rayburn? It’s a question that’s been simmering in kitchens across the country for decades – and one that rarely comes with a straightforward answer.

On one hand, these cast-iron range cookers have achieved near-iconic status in British design. The hallmark of a ‘proper’ country home, they make easy work of heating a kitchen while simultaneously slow-roasting Sunday lunches and giving everyone an excuse to hover with a cup of tea. But rising energy costs, changing cooking habits and the rise of flexible, switch-on appliances are prompting homeowners to take a harder look at that ever-glowing, always-on appliance.

Is an AGA an irreplaceable centrepiece worth adapting for modern living, or an expensive relic that no longer fits how we live and cook today? To find out, we asked kitchen designers and range cooker specialists whether ripping out an AGA or Rayburn is a savvy move or an expensive mistake.

Why are homeowners questioning their range cookers?

Rising energy costs have made permanently-on kitchen appliances harder to justify, particularly in homes that no longer rely on them for central heating. Exactly how much an AGA or Rayburn costs to run depends on the model and fuel type, but older oil-fired versions typically cost between £1,000 and £3,000 per year, depending on usage. Gas models tend to be slightly cheaper, while newer electric versions are generally more affordable, though they still vary according to tariff and usage.

Running costs alone don’t automatically make them impractical – in some homes they still provide valuable background heat. But they are prompting more homeowners to reassess whether the comfort and character justify the outlay.

That shift isn’t just theoretical. Marta Pawlik, co-founder and director of Laik.co.uk, which manages more than 50 luxury properties in the Lake District, has seen attitudes change in real time. “Two years ago, most of our property owners viewed their AGA as a selling point,” she says. “Now about a third of them have asked us about removal or replacement.”

While aesthetically these appliances remain appealing, practicalities can tell a different story. According to Marta, kitchens where an AGA is the only cooking option average 0.4 stars lower on facilities ratings across Laik’s portfolio – a small but significant difference in a review-led market. The issue, Marta notes, isn’t necessarily the range itself, but how it functions in a wider context. In large open-plan kitchens, it can feel generous and characterful. In small kitchens, however, it may dominate valuable prep area and limit flexibility.

Maintenance is another important consideration. Oil and gas models usually need an annual service, often costing a few hundred pounds. Over time, parts such as thermostats, elements, seals and fire bricks may also need replacing. AGAs are built to last – many run for decades – but they aren’t maintenance-free.

The argument for repair or conversion

“My advice is almost always: don’t rip an AGA out unless you absolutely must,” says Will Frankling, co-founder of Kitchen Makeovers. "AGAs are built like tanks and ripping them out is heavy, messy work that often requires structural repairs to the floor afterwards."

Instead, he suggests exploring less drastic options first. “If the issue is cosmetic – chips, an outdated colour or worn chrome – they can often be re-enamelled or refurbished,” he explains. “There are specialists who can even change the colour of your AGA on-site to complement a new kitchen scheme.”

For homeowners concerned about running costs, Franklin advises looking into electric conversion – particularly 13-amp models. “This allows you to control the heat more effectively and avoid burning fuel 24/7,” he says. “It keeps the heart of the home beating, without the massive gas or oil bill.”

Electric conversion typically costs between £3,000 and £6,000, depending on the model and the condition of the cooker. The process usually involves removing the existing oil or gas components, installing electric heating elements and upgrading controls for more precise temperature management. Most conversions can be completed in a few days by a specialist engineer, but you may also need a qualified electrician to check your home’s wiring and ensure your consumer unit can handle the additional load.

The case for replacing your range cooker

Modern range cookers – including newer electric AGAs and alternative brands – are designed with improved insulation and greater temperature precision in mind. Graham Duke, sales director at eco-friendly range cooker brand Everhot, explains:

“Traditional heat storage cookers are often seen as old-fashioned and expensive to run, but the latest generation offers control and versatility. Gone are the days of having a cooker chugging away in summer with owners opening doors and windows to cool the kitchen down. Temperatures can now be controlled independently.”

Beyond controls, newer models are also built with longevity in mind. “A modern, efficient heat-storage cooker will outlive most other kitchen appliances,” Graham says. With robust construction and fewer disposable components than many standard ovens, they’re often designed as long-term fixtures rather than short-cycle appliances.

Energy compatibility has also come a long way. Some newer models even feature Wi-Fi-enabled technology, allowing for precise temperature control whenever it is needed – whether that's for cooking or while you’re away for night. "They even integrate with flexible energy tariffs and can be scheduled to work in harmony with microgeneration, such as solar panels and home battery storage," adds Graham.

So, if you still love the idea of a range cooker as a focal point, upgrading to a newer generation model may offer the familiarity of a classic centrepiece with far greater control than older versions ever allowed.

Shop electric range cookers

The argument for removing a range cooker

One of the clearest signs it might be time to part way with your range cooker is ongoing reliability issues. If your range is decades old and needs repeated callouts for faults – whether that’s failing elements, inconsistent temperatures or parts that are increasingly hard to source – repair costs can quickly add up. A one-off fix is one thing, but a pattern of breakdowns is another. If you find yourself spending significant money just to keep it running, it’s worth stepping back and asking whether that investment would be better directed towards a replacement oven.

There’s also the question of how much you actually use it. If you’ve stopped relying on your AGA and found yourself defaulting to the air fryer or a separate hob because it feels too slow or too difficult to control, that’s a sign it might be time to say goodbye. A range cooker should feel like a pleasure to use, rather than something you actively work around.

Major kitchen renovation projects can also tip the scales. If you’re already replacing your kitchen flooring, redesigning cabinetry or upgrading your heating system, it may be more practical to reassess the cooker at the same time rather than designing around it.

That said, ripping out a range cooker isn’t always straightforward. Traditional AGAs are heavy and often integrated into the structure of the kitchen, which can mean additional labour and repair work once they’re taken out. It’s worth factoring those costs into your plans from the outset.

So, should you rip out my AGA or Rayburn?

According to the experts, the answer is rarely black and white. If your range cooker is structurally sound and you love using it, repair or conversion could extend its life without sacrificing character. If you’re drawn to the look but frustrated by running costs, a newer generation electric model may offer greater control. But if it no longer suits your space, your lifestyle or your budget, removal can be a practical – if disruptive – reset.

Ultimately, the decision comes down to alignment. Does your range cooker support the way you cook and live now? Or are you holding onto it because you feel you should? An AGA or Rayburn can still be the heart of the home. But only if it’s working for you, not against you.

The choice between freestanding vs integrated appliances comes down to how visible you want your cooker to be and how you use the kitchen. A range cooker will naturally become a focal point, whereas a modern integrated oven – conventional or convection – might be a better fit for your space and everyday needs.

There are certain challenges that get thrown up when designing a kitchen for a barn conversion that owners of new homes, with their crisp angles and standard measurements, won't have to address.

One of the main attractions of barn conversions is their unique character, much of which comes from their gnarly beams, rustic uneven floors and soaring ceilings. However, it is also these charming features that can make designing a functional kitchen, suitable for modern life, so tricky.

If you are lucky enough to be starting out on a barn conversion project, you have probably already realised that you are going to have to think outside of the box if you are going to successfully transform a building previously not intended for human habitation into a comfortable, stylish home. To help you along the way, we asked the experts for their top pieces of advice when it comes to designing a kitchen within this kind of space that not only looks beautiful but which also ticks all the boxes when it comes to practicality.

1. Decide between a rustic finish or a contrasting look

There are two main schools of thought when it comes to designing the interiors of barn conversions. One is to sink into the rustic, traditional nature of the building and aim to create a scheme in keeping with this, while the other is to create something that sits in complete contrast.

"There are generally two successful directions you can take when designing a kitchen for a barn conversion," picks up Emily Newmarch, design consultant at Kitchens by Holloways. "One is to lean into the character of the building with a more traditional, farmhouse-style scheme – Shaker cabinetry, natural stone or limestone flooring, timber worktops and layered textures.

"The other approach, which I often prefer, is to create contrast by introducing a more contemporary kitchen with clean lines and handleless cabinetry," continues Emily. "Setting modern, minimal joinery against historic architecture can be very striking and helps ensure the kitchen feels intentional. The key is to make a clear design decision rather than sitting somewhere uncertain between the two."

"Appliances can be modern or classic," adds Helen Parker, creative director of deVOL. "In my opinion, there is something nice about adding a little industrial to the rustic look, taking it to modern or urban rustic. In the same breath, classic, slightly elaborate range cookers can work well alongside a simple layout."

2. Design with the scale of the building in mind

Barn conversions often feature soaring vaulted ceilings which, while undoubtedly impressive, mean extra consideration needs to go into planning a kitchen that doesn't look out of place within such a voluminous space.

"High ceilings and open spaces are impressive, but they can make an open plan kitchen feel dwarfed if it is too modest in scale," explains David Nossiter of David Nossiter Architects.

"Barn conversions tend to create large, open volumes with double-height ceilings and long sightlines," says Emily Newmarch. "The kitchen needs to be designed to match that scale – a standard residential layout can easily feel undersized or visually lost. This might mean incorporating a larger island, taller cabinetry, stronger horizontal lines or more architectural features within the kitchen furniture itself so it holds its own within the space."

3. Create clear zones within an open plan space

Designing a barn conversion layout that works for modern-day living can be tricky given that these buildings often lack the quantity of internal walls that you would expect in a house. For this reason, open plan kitchens that also encompass the dining room and even a living area are common.

"An open-plan kitchen should function like its own room – even in open-plan spaces, the kitchen should feel like its own zone," advises David Nossiter. "Flooring or ceiling height changes can be used to create zones, or you might like to match similar finishes to unify spaces.

"Tall cabinets can be used to screen circulation or sitting areas, while islands may be utilised to define connections between related spaces such as dining areas. Personally, I prefer to keep all the tall units together and separate from the under-counter units, as this allows for more expansive work surfaces and creates a neater appearance. Island units anchor the space, providing areas for food preparation, under-counter storage, seating and everyday focus areas to gather around. Islands also help define a kitchen without fully enclosing it."

4. A less-is-more approach works best

If you have opted for a barn conversion you presumably love the original features and finishes that these types of buildings offer. It therefore makes sense to ensure that your new kitchen allows these to shine, rather than taking over completely.

"Whatever the style of architecture, the room will have lots of original, natural materials built into the fabric of the building, such as original stone or brick walls, maybe a big old stone fireplace or some exposed beams or a vaulted ceiling, – things that have been there for decades that feel historical in some way, things you don’t want to get rid of," says Helen Parker. "These features should be the bones of the kitchen, lofty, warm with age and history, lending a feeling of being lived or worked in, from another age or era. There is something comforting about the rustic look; it feels authentic and simple, it feels natural, raw, and uncluttered.

"There shouldn’t be too much furniture and each piece should be substantial, but also a little sparse," continues Helen when explaining how to design around these features. "Low base cupboards work well and maybe a few open shelves, hooks and open fronted storage. I would avoid wall cupboards and anything that feels too decorative, frilly, or unnecessary."

5. Forget fitted cabinetry and opt for freestanding instead

Uneven walls and floors, double-height ceilings and old timber partitions can all make installing a standard, fitted kitchen tricky – freestanding kitchens tend to be far less restrictive.

"Unlike modern homes, barn walls are rarely straight or square – they’re often uneven, bowed or irregular," explains Emily Newmarch. "It’s usually best not to rely on these walls for critical alignments or to try to tightly scribe lots of furniture to them. Instead, we tend to design cabinetry that stands slightly independently, using freestanding-style elements where appropriate. This respects the building fabric and avoids awkward visual compromises."

It is also useful to remember that some of the most successful rustic and farmhouse kitchen ideas use items of furniture that were not necessarily originally designed as kitchen units. For example, large old refectory tables or work benches can make wonderful islands, dressers and consoles work well for storage as well as for open shelving.

6. Plan your lighting scheme early on – and be creative

Kitchens with vaulted ceilings require a more creative approach when it comes to lighting. While many kitchen lighting ideas are made up of a selection of recessed downlighters for general background lighting, in the case of vaulted ceilings with exposed frames, it will be necessary to consider some alternatives. Stand-out pendants strung from the exposed beams make particularly interesting features, as do adjustable spotlights which can be used to highlight any areas you love.

"In many barn conversions you can’t easily chase cables into stone walls or drill through historic beams, and ceiling heights can make general lighting feel distant from work surfaces," explains Emily Newmarch. "It’s important to design task lighting from the outset, looking into integrated cabinet lighting, well-positioned pendants over islands and discreet LEDs within joinery, rather than trying to retrofit it later. Good layered lighting is what ultimately makes these dramatic spaces feel usable and welcoming day-to-day."

"Layered lighting is essential," agrees David Nossiter. "Use ambient lighting for overall background illumination coupled with accent lighting to highlight features such as timber trusses, stonework or other architectural features or agricultural archaeology. Add to this task lighting to illuminate work surfaces and under cabinets. You may also opt for in-cupboard lighting, or feature display lighting within cabinets to showcase artefacts.

"Reflective and glossy surfaces can be used to bounce lighting into darker corners," adds David. "It is particularly important in tall spaces to allow the lighting to provide an intimate, inviting environment, taking care that any feature lighting does not distract the eye."

7. Build in good ventilation and consider services early on

Kitchen ventilation is always an important consideration to keep this space fresh and steam-free, but in open-plan, vaulted spaces it becomes more important than ever if you don't want cooking odours seeping into every area within your home.

"A drawback of open-plan and tall spaces is that cooking smells drift far and wide, so invest in a powerful extractor that is vented externally for rapid ventilation," advises David Nossiter. "Cross ventilation from windows and glazing located on opposite elevations helps to keep air fresh too – plus the dual aspect creates quality spaces."

David goes on to point out the importance of getting wiring and pipework for all these essential services into place from the outset. "Most barns do not have adequate building services. You will probably be installing afresh and you should ensure that the utilities serving your kitchen are located in the correct place, particularly with islands and with extract ventilation," he says.

Shop kitchen extractor hoods

FAQs

Can you install base units onto an uneven flagstone floor?

If your barn conversion has beautiful old flagstones in place that you are keen on keeping, they are unlikely to be completely level which can make fitting a kitchen island and any base units rather tricky. That said, it isn't impossible.

You'll need to begin by finding the highest point of the floor along the wall or area where your kitchen units are being installed. You will then need to begin by fitting the base unit that will fit over this highest point. While cabinets with adjustable legs will make it easier to get level, both side to side as well as front to back, in reality you will probably need to use shims to get a totally stable and even finish.

Toe kicks at the base of units will cover any filler or visible gaps too. Of course, if you are having your kitchen custom made, your designer will be able to account for all of this within your bespoke design.

Not all barns will present the same challenges. In the case of Dutch barn conversions, for example, one of the biggest hurdles can be getting natural light into the centre of the building due to the curved nature of the roof.

Having a compact kitchen doesn’t mean your colour palette has to shrink with it. When designing a kitchen, colour is one of the most powerful tools you have at your disposal – capable of stretching walls, lifting ceilings and completely transforming how the space feels.

In small kitchens especially, every design decision has to work that little bit harder. Cabinetry, layout and storage all matter, of course, but the right kitchen colours can make a tight footprint feel much more intentional and surprisingly spacious.

Below we share expert advice on nailing this aspect of design, from light-reflecting neutrals to bold shades used with confidence. These small kitchen colour ideas are anything but restrictive.

Small kitchen colours

1. Find the right white for your space

When deciding on small kitchen wall colour ideas, don't be tempted to choose the lightest shade on the paint chart and call it a day. According to Camilla Masi, interior designer at Otto Tiles & Design, the real secret lies in understanding paint temperature and tone, and how it interacts with the light in your space.

“In small kitchens, it’s less about defaulting to the lightest, most neutral colour and more about choosing the right temperature and tone to work with the quality of light in the room,” she explains.

For example, in north-facing kitchens, where daylight tends to be cooler and more subdued, warmer chalk-based tones – such as pale limestone, soft oat or light putty – can counteract grey undertones and restore balance. The result is a space that feels brighter and far more inviting.

By contrast, south-facing kitchens can comfortably carry cooler shades. “Stronger natural light prevents these colours from feeling cold or lifeless,” Camilla explains. "Soft greys, off-whites and muted mineral tones will still read as bright, but with a crisp, contemporary edge."

Shop white paint

2. Opt for soft, muted shades

If white kitchens feel a little bit predictable but bold colour feels too risky, softer hues strike the perfect middle ground.

“Muted, mineral-based colours are often overlooked in small kitchens, yet they can be incredibly effective,” explains Camilla Masi. "Soft greens such as pale sage or olive, clay-based pinks, gentle mushroom tones and pale terracotta all sit comfortably between neutral and expressive."

Tamsin Holland, product development Manager at Paula Rosa Kitchens, agrees. She points out that muted pastels are often overlooked but they work well in small kitchens. The key is choosing today’s chalkier, more understated versions – not sugary brights – for a finish that feels grown-up and effortless.

3. Use earthy, nature-inspired tones

Earthy palettes continue to dominate kitchen trends, and for good reason. Nature-inspired tones are a fantastic way to inject a little warmth and rustic charm into small spaces.

“The most calming kitchens tend to feature earthy, nature-inspired tones such as sage, mushroom and warm neutrals,” says Charlotte Tilby, head of marketing at Woodstock Co.Used strategically, Charlotte says these shades can either enhance a cocooning feel or help a compact space feel more expansive: "Lighter, softer neutrals create a sense of airiness and balance, while deeper earthy hues lean into cosiness, wrapping the room in warmth without feeling oppressive."

“These colours also pair beautifully with natural materials and soft, layered kitchen lighting,” she adds, “adding depth and warmth without overwhelming the room.”

4. Stick to light, reflective tones

Light-reflective shades remain one of the simplest ways to make a compact kitchen feel more expansive, but bright whites aren’t your only option here.

“To open the space up, stick to light, reflective tones,” says Will Frankling, co-founder of Kitchen Makeovers. Soft creams, warm cashmeres and pale greys can deliver the same space-enhancing effect without feeling clinical.

The trick is choosing hues that gently bounce light around the room while adding a touch of warmth in the process. Will Frankling also recommends painting walls and cabinetry in the same tone to "blur visual boundaries". When contrast is reduced, he says "the eye reads the space as larger and more seamless."

Tamsin Holland agrees, noting that pale neutrals such as ivory, cream and light greige remain enduring favourites for good reason – "they keep a kitchen feeling bright and calm, without the starkness that can come with pure white."

5. Try soft mineral blues for a calming effect

Can the colour blue work in a small kitchen? Absolutely – if you choose the right version.

“Soft mineral blues can work beautifully when handled with care,” says Camilla Masi. “For example, a mineral blue with a grey or chalky undertone can feel airy rather than cold, particularly in well-lit kitchens.”

“Used across walls or splashbacks, these tones can make a space feel more intentional and cohesive, rather than simply “small but white,” she adds. "They also tend to age better, as they are less reliant on contrast and sit more comfortably alongside natural materials such as timber, stone and metal finishes.”

6. Lean into the cosiness of small spaces

Not every small kitchen needs to fight for airiness. Sometimes, the smartest move is embracing its scale and turning this into a feature in and of itself. Will Frankling explains: “If you accept the kitchen is small and want to make it a ‘jewel box’, go for dark, dramatic colours like navy blue or hunter green."

Deeper shades have the ability to wrap the room in richness and intention, but they work best when you have good kitchen lighting – particularly under-cabinet lighting –to prevent the scheme from feeling heavy or confined.

Shop strip lighting

7. Concentrate on creating continuity

“One of the most common mistakes in small kitchens is using too many contrasting colours, which breaks up the space visually and makes it feel smaller than it is,’ warns Tamsin Holland. “Trend-led colour combinations can be tempting, but in compact rooms they often create unnecessary visual noise.”

Instead, she suggests thinking about how colour can gently connect the room from one surface to the next. “In most small kitchens, using closely related shades across cabinetry, walls and even flooring creates visual continuity, which helps the space feel calmer and more expansive,” Tamsin explains. “And that doesn’t mean everything needs to be the same colour. Contrast can come through texture rather than tone, whether that’s timber, stone or a tiled splashback.”

8. Bring bold colour to unexpected surfaces with tile

If committing to a full wall of colour in a small space feels too risky, tiles offer a contained way to experiment with different shades. Tiling a kitchen splashback or island brings a playful hit of colour, while bold kitchen floor tiles create impact without ever reaching for the paintbrush.

“Even highly expressive tiles, such as colourful mosaics, can work beautifully in small kitchens when they’re given a clear role,” explains Camilla Masi. She suggests framing neutral cabinetry or shelving with small contrasting wall tiles, or using patterned floors to ground the room. “In these cases, colour becomes a focal point rather than visual noise and can actually enhance the sense of space rather than diminish it.”

9. Try mixing up shades and colour blocking

Who says a small kitchen has to play by one-colour rules? If you’re wondering whether you can mix and match colours in a kitchen without it feeling chaotic, the answer is yes – but balance is everything.

“Mixing colour can work extremely well in small kitchens when it’s done with intent,” says Camilla Masi. “Rather than thinking in terms of ‘one colour versus many’, it’s more useful to think about how colour is distributed across the space.”

In practical terms, that could mean colour blocking cabinetry or pairing contrasting floor and unit shades. “Graduated approaches – such as using a deeper tone at lower level and a lighter or softer colour above – can ground the room while still keeping it feeling open and light,” Camilla adds.

10. Don't be afraid to play with darker tones

“Darker colours can work well in small kitchens if they’re used with restraint and intention,” says Tamsin Holland. “A common approach is to keep deeper tones to lower cabinetry or an island, which grounds the space without closing it in."

"Blue is a particularly versatile choice for this, from deep navy through to softer blue-greys," she adds. "Likewise deeper tones such as forest greens and charcoal greys are also being used more confidently and can add depth and sophistication when balanced correctly”.

Tiles offer another route to introducing drama without enclosure. “Darker or bolder tiles work best when used selectively to create depth rather than enclosure in a compact kitchen,” explains Camilla Masi. “In some kitchen layouts, using darker tiles on the wall furthest from a window can also enhance the perception of depth by subtly drawing the eye through the room.”

11. Keep in mind that finishes are just as important

Colour may set the tone of a kitchen, but your choice of finishes will give it presence. In a small space, the way light interacts with surfaces can completely change how a shade reads and how the room feels.

“Semi-gloss finishes subtly reflect light and prevent the space from feeling flat,” explains Tamsin Holland. That slight sheen can help kitchen cabinetry feel brighter and more dynamic, especially in tight galley kitchens.

And tiles deserve the same consideration. “Matt or softly textured tiles tend to absorb light more gently, avoiding the sharp reflections of high-gloss surfaces that can make compact spaces feel busy or overstimulating,” adds Camilla Masi.

12. Use samples and visualisation tools to find the perfect match

Colour works best when it’s considered from the outset. So, if you’re drawn to a particular family – green, for example – explore how that tone translates across different materials and paint finishes rather than choosing a single sample in isolation.

“What’s key is visualising how these elements work together before installation,” says Camilla Masi. The same shade can read entirely differently in ceramic, cement, stone or zellige, and what looks perfect on a swatch may fall flat once paired with cabinetry and worktops. When planning a kitchen mock-up renders and kitchen design apps can help you understand how surfaces, materials and colours interact in three dimensions.

“Colour should also be assessed in context,” Camilla adds. “Tiles and paint shades that look balanced on a showroom sample board can behave very differently in a kitchen, where light levels, sightlines and surrounding materials have a much greater influence.”

Looking for more kitchen colour inspiration? Explore these navy kitchen ideas for a bold yet timeless look, and if you’re planning a renovation, our painted kitchen cabinet ideas are packed with stylish options to consider.

What is it about inframe kitchens that makes them so irresistible? They’re timeless, yes, beautifully made and built to last, but they also come with a premium price tag. So, are they worth the splurge, or just nice to look at?

To find out, we spoke to cabinet makers and kitchen designers to break it all down. From how inframe kitchens are built to when they make sense (and when they don’t), consider this your go-to guide for weighing up kitchen ideas and deciding whether this classic, detail-led style is the right fit for your home and lifestyle.

What is an inframe kitchen?

“An in-frame kitchen is exactly what it sounds like,” says Will Frankling, co-founder of Kitchen Makeovers. “The cupboard door sits inside a visible wooden frame attached to the front of the cabinet, rather than sitting on top of the cabinet box, which is called a ‘lay-on’ door.”

He explains that this feature is what sets inframe kitchens apart from most modern kitchen design. “In a standard modern kitchen, the doors cover the entire front of the unit. In an in-frame kitchen, you see that 20–30mm border of the frame around the door. It’s a very traditional, joinery-led construction method.”

"It’s a great classic look, which really shows off the skill of your cabinet makers," adds Mike Biddulph, founder of Goldfinch Furniture. While inframe kitchens are often associated with traditional interiors, Mike points out that the construction itself is not tied to one aesthetic. “Traditionally it’s been paired with a Shaker kitchen solid timber door for a country kitchen look, but it looks fab with sleek one-piece doors for a more modern feel.”

At their core, inframe kitchens are defined less by decorative details and more by their construction. With the frame left on show and the doors fitted with precision, the structure becomes part of the design itself – a subtle but important distinction from standard kitchens, where everything is designed to disappear.

Are inframe kitchens more expensive?

“Yes, inframe kitchens are usually more expensive,” says Helen Lord, founder of Rehome. “You’re paying for extra material in the framing, more labour in the build, and a higher level of precision in the fitting. The tolerances are tighter, and that detail takes time, both in the workshop and on site.”

That extra time and care is reflected in how inframe kitchens are made, particularly when the frame itself is part of the finished design. “To make the frames beautiful enough to be seen all the time, they can cost a little more, due to both the materials and the time required,” explains Mike Biddulph.

Mike also adds that there are ways to control kitchen installation costs without abandoning the inframe look altogether: “One option to keep the price down would be to have your cabinetry and frames made from birch plywood, with exposed laminations on the edges," he says. "It’s a slightly more industrial look, but it can really work.”

In practice, the higher cost of an inframe kitchen comes down to visible craftsmanship. With tighter tolerances and no structure hidden behind doors, both the making and fitting take longer, and that precision is what ultimately drives the price.

When is an inframe kitchen the best choice?

“If you are looking for a traditional, fitted furniture look, then an inframe kitchen is perfect,” says Helen Lord. “It gives the feel that it has been there for years.”

That sense of permanence is why inframe kitchens are often associated with period homes, farmhouse kitchens and cottage kitchens – but Helen is quick to point out that they aren’t limited to traditional settings. “They’re equally at home in a modern property if you want a more classic, high-end feel,” she explains. “You can paint kitchen cabinets, go for a wooden finish, or mix materials for a more bespoke look.”

Durability also plays a big part in the appeal of these kitchens. “Because of the level of craftsmanship, materials used and door thickness, they tend to be more robust,” Helen adds. “They also offer longevity – colours and kitchen door handles can be changed over time to refresh the look, which gives them a longer life in your home.”

For Mike Biddulph, practicality is just as important as aesthetics. “Inframe kitchens can really take a beating,” he says. “The parts of a kitchen most susceptible to damage are the corners and edges, and with an inframe kitchen the frame protects those areas far better than a standard door edge.”

Taken together, an inframe kitchen is at its best when you’re planning for the long term – whether that’s creating a sense of heritage, adding character to a modern space, or investing in a kitchen designed to last and evolve over time.

When might an inframe kitchen not be the right choice?

For all their craftsmanship and charm, inframe kitchens aren’t always the easiest option, and that’s worth knowing upfront. One of the biggest factors is how precise they need to be. “With an inframe kitchen, there is nowhere to hide badly fitted cabinets,” cautions Mike Biddulph. “Everything has to be right and square, or the gaps around your doors and drawer fronts will be very apparent.”

Because of that, inframe kitchens tend to be less forgiving in homes with uneven walls or floors, or in projects where time or budget doesn’t allow for careful preparation and skilled kitchen fitting. They reward patience and planning rather than quick turnarounds.

There are also a few everyday considerations to factor in. “The frame reduces the opening slightly,” explains Helen Lord, “so to maximise kitchen storage it’s best to incorporate deep drawers, pantry units and pull-out cupboards, especially for bigger items.” In small kitchens, where every centimetre counts, that reduction can make a noticeable difference.

Details like hinges can also affect how the kitchen feels to live with. “Traditional in-frame kitchens usually use butt hinges, which means you don’t get the built-in soft-close feel that comes with standard concealed hinges,” Helen notes. Over time, she adds, doors may need the occasional adjustment or easing, particularly with painted finishes and in high-use areas.

All of this means an inframe kitchen isn’t always the best choice if you’re working to a tight budget, need results quickly, or want a low-maintenance, ultra-minimal look where everything disappears. In those situations, a standard kitchen or even a mock inframe design can offer a more practical and stress-free alternative.

Installation and finishes need to be considered

If you’ve decided an inframe kitchen is right for you, how it’s installed is just as important as how it looks on paper.

“A quality professional installation is important because the fitting tolerances are tighter,” says Helen Lord. “The doors need to sit neatly within the frame without catching, and that relies on everything being square, level and properly aligned.”

Unlike standard kitchens, where small imperfections can be hidden, inframe kitchens reward careful, considered fitting. Taking the time to prepare walls and floors properly, adjust doors and drawers, and ensure consistent gaps all makes a visible difference to the finished result.

The finish is equally important. “Your paint finish is worth thinking about,” Helen adds. “All that detail can show up runs or heavy edges if the preparation isn’t right. The right primer and paint system can make a big difference to durability.”

FAQs

Can you retrofit an inframe kitchen?

Retrofitting a true inframe kitchen is rarely straightforward. “If you’re looking for a makeover on existing units, true in-frame is difficult to retrofit because your current cabinets likely don’t have the frame,” explains Will Frankling, co-founder of Kitchen Makeovers.

That said, there are alternatives. “A smart compromise is a ‘mock in-frame’ door,” Will adds. “This is a single door routed to look like it has a frame, giving you the style for a fraction of the cost.”

Do inframe kitchens add value to a home?

While resale value always depends on the wider property market, inframe kitchens are widely seen as a worthwhile investment. “A good in-frame kitchen should be viewed as an investment,” says Helen Lord, founder of Rehome. “It will retain its value well and, should you choose to replace it, it would have a higher resale value than many other kitchen styles.”

Their appeal lies in a combination of longevity, adaptability and aesthetics. Well-made inframe kitchens tend to age gracefully, which makes them attractive to future buyers and more sustainable over the long term.

If you’re considering an inframe or bespoke kitchen, kitchen design apps can be a helpful first step to visualise layouts and styles. Just keep in mind they’re a planning tool, not a replacement for professional design or precise installation.

There’s something undeniably special about solid wood worktops. Made from real timber, they introduce a unique aesthetic and personality to a kitchen.

They can seamlessly fit into a wide range of kitchen styles thanks to the numerous wood choices and finish options available. What's more, they're a great investment too – if you look after solid wood kitchen worktops properly, they will easily last as long as your kitchen.

Despite their good looks and durability, however, it's worth noting that solid wood worktops might not be the right choice for everyone due to budget considerations or ongoing maintenance. To find out if they are the best option for your space, we've put together an expert guide to give you the lowdown on the pros and cons of this natural worktop option.

Why choose a solid wood worktop?

Solid wood worktops are a popular and cost-effective option when designing a kitchen. Will Frankling, co-founder of Kitchen Makeovers, briefly explains their makeup: “Solid wood worktops are crafted from staves (plank or block) of timber joined together, offering natural warmth and character.”

Popular choices include oak, walnut, beech, and ash, each with its own characteristics that allow the wood's natural grain and colour to remain visible. He adds, “They are ideal for traditional kitchens, islands, or breakfast bars where tactile texture is desired.”

Pros of solid wood worktops

1. Long lasting
Solid wood worktops can last for years, but they will need to be looked after, says Steve Larkin, kitchen expert and CEO of Kitchen Door Hub. “Even though they do require maintenance and oiling, solid wood worktops can last for a long time.” When they are not looking their best and need a refresh. Larkins adds, “They can be sanded down and re-oiled to restore their condition.”

2. Natural aesthetic
The beauty of solid wood lies in its natural finish, as Will Frankling shares, “Nothing quite mimics the organic warmth and unique grain patterns of real timber. It adds instant character to a sterile room and actually improves with age, developing a rich patina that synthetic materials cannot replicate.”

3: Hygenic properties
Solid wooden worktops have natural antibacterial properties, which makes them a good choice for your kitchen worktop ideas, explains Steve Larkin. “Solid wood worktops are a good choice for food preparation areas. It is estimated that the majority of bacteria placed on a wooden surface will begin to die in minutes.”

Cons of solid wood worktops

1. Ongoing maintenance
While solid wood worktops can last for years, they are high-maintenance, shares Will Frankling: “Wood is hygroscopic, meaning it reacts to moisture. This means it requires regular oiling (every few months) to seal the surface.” Forgetting or avoiding regular maintenance will bring downsides, he continues, “Solid wood can warp, blacken, or rot, particularly around sink areas where water sits.”

Steve Larkin points out to watch out for this key situation: “If you drop water onto the worktop and it immediately sinks into the surface, this is an indicator that the wood needs to be resealed," he explains.

2. Soft surface
Wood, by its very nature, has a softer surface than worktop materials like stone, which means it can be damaged more easily than other surfaces, as Will points out: “It will dent if heavy pots are dropped on it and can scorch if hot pans are placed directly on the surface.”

Steve Larkin adds, “Wood is vulnerable to scratches or dents. For this reason, you should not chop food directly on the surface, as this can leave marks on the surface.”

Typical costs of solid wood worktops

If you're looking for new worktops or are considering the cost of replacing kitchen worktops, it's worth knowing that the prices for solid wood worktops vary widely depending on several factors. The size and material are two of the key factors. “A solid wood worktop can cost between £100 and £900 per unit, but this will vary depending on the type of wood, width of the stave and the worktop thickness," says Steve Larkin.

“Budget wooden worktops are usually made from beech, ash or oak, with mid-range worktops being made from prime oak or walnut. Premium solid wood worktops will be made from full-stave oak (solid, wide planks of wood," he adds. "Common woods like beech are cheaper than exotic woods, and butcher block staves (narrow planks) are generally cheaper than full staves.”

So what can you expect to pay? Low-end prices start at around £150-£300 for a 3m length (such as this Solid Wood Oak Worktop from B&Q).

“Mid-range solid wood worktops start at around £650 per 3m length," says Will Frankling, but again, prices can vary depending on brand and quality.

At the top end of the market, solid wood worktops such as Super Stave Walnut or Full Stave Oak can cost £600+ for a metre. Again, the quality and complexity will affect prices. Shop around, check local hardware stores for more common solid wood worktops and look out for local specialist suppliers for premium worktops.

Try these solid wood worktops for your next kitchen update

Additional considerations for solid wood worktops

Ongoing maintenance
Solid wood worktops do require regular attention, although this isn't difficult. If you buy a factory-finished solid wood worktop, it will be ready to use. However, if you buy an untreated worktop, you need to seal it before use.

Afterwards, it's simply a matter of regular wipe-downs with soap and water. Whether you have wooden worktops throughout or just as part of your kitchen island ideas, to keep a solid wood worktop in good condition, you will need to reseal it periodically. The frequency depends on the quality of the initial sealing. As a general guideline, I suggest resealing every two or three months at first, then annually, depending on how much it’s used.

Heat resistance
“It’s always worth remembering that solid wood worktops are generally heat resistant, but they can still be damaged by heat," says Steve Larkin. “The wooden surface can withstand a moderate amount of heat from a pan, but it is still best to use heat mats to protect the worktop.”

Ideally, don’t leave a hot pan on a solid wood surface for more than a few seconds. I leave pans to cool on the stove before placing them on a bare solid worktop. If a pan leaves a mark, you will need to sand it and seal it as soon as possible.

Dealing with marks and stains
As is the case with other materials such as Corian worktops, maintenance is key to stopping stains. If you do not regularly maintain a solid wooden worktop, it is more prone to staining or marking. The simple solution is to wipe away any stains as quickly as possible.

Will Frankling says, “Strong pigments, such as curry and wine, will stain quickly if the seal is compromised.”

The lighter the wood, the more obvious the stain, so ideally, you want to choose a darker solid worktop (like this Solid Wood Walnut Worktop from B&Q) if it fits your budget and design choices. If a worktop does stain, a tinted oil will help even out the mark.

New solid wood worktops are an essential addition to any kitchen renovation. Learn how to get the most out of them with these kitchen layout ideas and small kitchen ideas.

Kitchen worktops are a vital part of any kitchen, and there is a wide range to choose from. Therefore, selecting the right one is not always straightforward. It can be about the aesthetic appeal, but practicality and budget are equally important.

So, where do Corian worktops fit into your kitchen ideas, or do they? What do they offer that other kitchen worktops do not? What makes them a preferable choice over others? Are Corian worktops within your budget?

In this article we take a look at the key features of Corian worktops to help you determine if they meet your needs or not.

What is a Corian worktop?

Corian worktops are not as common as laminate or solid wood, but are still a popular choice. Not sure exactly what they are? Steve Larkin, CEO and co-founder of Kitchen Door Hub, offers a brief explanation.

“Corian worktops are made from a blend of natural minerals and acrylic resin, with this usually being a third resin and two-thirds minerals. It is often used for kitchen worktops," he confirms, "and can be formed into custom shapes to accommodate items such as integrated kitchen sinks.”

Key features of Corian worktops

Is a Corian worktop the ideal choice for your next kitchen renovation project? While there are some disadvantages to Corian, such as it being less durable than other worktop surfaces such as granite, it's not with its positives.

1. Can be custom cut to create a tailored look

One of the main benefits of Corian is the opportunity it offers to create a bespoke finish.

“Because Corian is thermoformable and joined invisibly on site, it creates uninterrupted lines with coved upstands that give it a tailored look,” explains Blanca Sanchez, Director at Halo Design Interiors.

“Corian can also be formed and moulded to custom shapes," adds Steve Larkin, "so it can be made to have curved edges, integrated sinks and be used to create shapes that would otherwise not be possible with stone worktops.”

2. Has a modern appearance that suits contemporary design

If your kitchen design preferences lean towards a more modern finish, then Corian can certainly be a candidate for your worktop surfaces.

Available in a variety of colours and styles, its smooth and minimal appearance is perfect if you want your worktop to seamlessly complete your overall look. Perfect for finishes such as waterfall worktops or split level kitchen islands, it's a good option if you want a luxurious look on a mid-range budget.

3. Is a hygienic material perfect for worktop surfaces

As Corian worktops are non-porous, this makes them a great choice for kitchens, shares Steve Larkin. “Corian does not allow bacteria to enter, and as liquid is unable to penetrate the surface of the worktop, this also makes the worktops more stain-resistant.”

“Common culprits like red wine, coffee and turmeric usually lift with a non-scratch cream cleaner or a brief, diluted bleach contact followed by thorough rinsing and drying,” advises Blanca Sanchez.

However, says Steve Larkin, “strong dyes or leaving spills uncleaned for too long can leave marks on the worktop surface.” To keep a Corian surface clean, Blanca says, “a consistent cleaning routine keeps the surface even, making long-term staining uncommon.”

4. Minor damage to Corian can be repaired

Thanks to its thermoformable nature, "Corian is repairable, which makes it well-suited to sophisticated kitchens, utility rooms and bathrooms where daily use meets high design,” says Blanca Sanchez.

Using a light sandpaper grade can usually remove surface scratches, but for structural damage and deep cracks, it must be noted that you will need to call in a professional to fix them.

5. It offers an element of longevity when maintained

If you look after a Corian worktop, it will probably outlive other parts of a kitchen, suggests Steve Larkin.

“Corian worktops can last for a long period of time, if given the proper care. This includes promptly cleaning spills to prevent staining and avoiding direct contact with hot cookware.”

Try these products to help look after Corian worktops

Corian worktop costs

The cost for Corian worktops will vary says Blanca Sanchez, although on the whole, it is cheaper than products such as marble or granite. And, it's also more durable than low budget worktops which can be prone to chips and dents.

“Pricing sits across bands defined by complexity rather than just the material," explains Blanca. “At the simplest level, a straight run in a standard colour, with a basic edge and minimal cut-outs, tends to start around £600 to £700 per linear metre installed.”

“Mid-range worktops typically include templating, colour upgrades, a coved upstand, an undermount sink, drainer grooves and some shaping," she says. Prices for this typically sit around £700 to £900 per linear metre.

If you're looking to get the best in Corian worktops, Blanca says you can expect to be paying £900 to £1200+ per linear metre. What's different about the higher price? “These can have integrated Corian sinks, thick edge build-ups, curves, large kitchen islands, cladding or splashbacks, and more site complexity,” she explains.

To get a better idea of costs for your specific needs, most kitchen design companies will offer Corian as an option, and are best placed to confirm prices. Alternatively, there are beskpoke worktop companies if you are just looking to upgrade your worktops rather than embarking on a full kitchen renovation.

If you are considering adding a Corian worktop to your latest kitchen layout ideas, try these kitchen design apps to help you plan ahead.

If fitting yourself, ensure your kitchen worktop height is appropriate so you’re not bending down too far or reaching too high.

If you’re on the lookout for a luxury natural stone worktop for your next kitchen or bathroom project, marble worktops are a serious contender for your attention and consideration. They are undeniably unique, with no two worktops being identical.

However, while they can fit perfectly with your luxury kitchen ideas, they may not always be the best choice for a kitchen worktop. Here, we take a closer look at the benefits and drawbacks of marble to help you decide whether they are worth adding as your dream worktop.

What is a marble worktop?

Marble worktops are considered more of a luxury than laminate and wood worktops. as they are natural stone and fairly uncommon.

Oli Webb, Director at Cullifords, offers up a quick explanation. “A marble worktop is a natural stone surface cut from marble slabs, most commonly used in kitchens and bathrooms for worktops, islands, vanities and statement surfaces where aesthetics are a priority.”

Will Frankling, Co-founder of Kitchen Makeovers, adds, “Marble features unique veining and is typically found in high-end classic or contemporary kitchens, particularly on statement islands or baking areas.”

Try these worktops and cleaner for your next kitchen project

Pros and cons of marble worktops

Marble worktops have a lot to offer, but are not always the most practical option. Here we look at the pros and cons fo this kitchen idea to help you decide if they will work for your needs.

+Unique aesthetic

Marble is a classic choice for more upmarket kitchens, thanks to its individuality. Webb shares why, “Marble is prized for its natural veining, colour variation and depth, with no two slabs ever the same.”

He adds, “This uniqueness gives kitchens and bathrooms a sense of elegance, character and authenticity that man-made materials cannot replicate.”

+Cool surface

The visual appeal of a worktop is important, but practicality plays a role. Franklin points out one niche, “Marble remains naturally cool (below room temperature), which makes it the premier choice for bakers.” He adds, “It's perfect for rolling out pastry or tempering chocolate without the ingredients sticking or melting too quickly.”

+Lots of choice

Alongside its unique aesthetic, there are different types of marble which add to its individuality. Webb shares what’s available: “There are many different types of marble, ranging from classic Carrara varieties such as Calacatta, Statuario and Arabescato to harder green marbles from Europe and India, as well as Portuguese marbles.”

He adds, “Some perform better than others, making informed selection key.”

+Long-lasting

If well looked after, marble can be a long-time friend of a kitchen. Webb shares why, “Unlike many engineered surfaces, marble can be re-polished in situ. Scratches, etching and stains can usually be removed over time, allowing the surface to evolve and age gracefully rather than needing replacement.”

-More prone to stains and damage

Marble is durable, but not as hardy as other stone surfaces. Webb points out, “Marble is softer and more porous than granite or quartz, meaning it can scratch, stain or etch if not properly sealed or maintained.”

Regular maintenance is key to ensuring it doesn’t scratch or stain. However, this damage can also be seen as giving the material character, suiting some people's taste. Webb explains, “Some homeowners value the character and patina rather than a flawless, utilitarian surface.”

-Not all marbles are the same

Marble comes in various levels of hardness, so some are better than others for kitchens, as Webb shares, “There is a spectrum of harder and softer marbles. Softer varieties are better suited to low-traffic areas such as bathroom walls or vanities, while harder marbles are more appropriate for worktops when properly sealed and maintained.”

-Costly and heavy

The weight and nature of marble can mean it needs specialist treatment, says Franklin. “It's heavy, often requiring reinforced cabinetry, and the installation is complex.”

He adds, “The cost of the raw material combined with the specialist templating and fitting makes marble a significant investment.”

Typical costs of marble worktops

Marble is a natural material and more expensive than other worktop types, such as laminate, solid wood, and Corian, which lend themselves more to being the best kitchen worktop type on a budget.

The type of marble and colour will also affect the overall price.

At the lower end of the price scale, you can expect to pay around £800 per m2. Frankling points out what type of marble you typically get for this price, “Standard Carrara marble.” He adds, “The classic Italian choice, featuring a softer grey-white background with subtle, diffuse feathery veining.”

But prices can easily pass the £1000 mark (per m2). Frankling shares what is typical of a mid-range marble worktop, “Arabescato or Statuario. These slabs feature a much brighter, cleaner white background with bolder, more distinct dark grey or black patterns."

At the top end of the market, Frankling says, “Calacatta Gold or rare boutique stones. These premium slabs are selected for their pristine crystal structures and dramatic, thick veining often featuring gold or copper tones.” The prices for these marbles can easily exceed £2000 per m2.

Marble worktops are hard to find in local hardware stores, so shop around online to see what's available and how much you can expect to pay. If possible, Webb suggests visiting a local supplier to see what you are getting: “View the actual slab you will be using and take samples home to test.”

If you’re on a budget, you will find marble-effect worktops available in most local hardware stores.

Practicalities of marble worktops

Easy to maintain

There isn’t much maintenance involved to keep marble worktops performing and looking their best. Regular sealing (every 6-12 months) with an appropriate sealer (like this Zep Natural Stone Sealer from Amazon) is necessary. Beyond this, Webb says, “Daily cleaning with a clean cloth and mild soapy solution is sufficient.” He warns, “Avoid harsh or acidic cleaners.”

Long lasting

Marble is a solid natural surface that will last for years, but it will need looking after, as Webb shares: “With proper sealing, care and occasional professional maintenance, marble worktops can last for decades.”

He adds, “Their ability to be re-polished means they can be refreshed rather than replaced.” However, Farnkling points out, “The finish may patina (scratch/etch) over time.” But this enhances the aesthetic appeal and charm of owning a marble worktop.

Stains and steam can affect marble

Marble is porous, which means it's susceptible to stains, heat, water and steam, but regular maintenance will help significantly. Webb says, “Staining can occur if spills are left and the sealant fails. However, a good-quality sealant significantly reduces this risk, and most stains can be removed using a poultice or specialist cleaning.”

Heat is not marble's friend either, but Webb suggests, “Using trivets for hot pans is strongly advised. Thermal shock or discolouration can occur if very hot items are placed directly on the surface.”

Not sure how marble worktops will fit into your latest kitchen layout ideas? Check out our guide to kitchen layout mistakes to avoid costly errors. And take a look at our white kitchen ideas, as they may be the perfect match for your marble worktop.

The term "mindful kitchens" seems to be everywhere right now, yet the concept of mindfulness has been with us for some time – thousands of years, in fact, an ancient practice used by Buddhists during meditation. These days, understanding the concept and how we can implement it into our kitchen design ideas and busy modern lives can really help create a sense of order and calm at home.

Kitchens tend to be one of the busiest rooms of the house – hives of activity where multitasking is the norm. It makes sense, then, that homeowners are increasingly seeking out ways to introduce methods of designing these spaces so that they not only function on a practical level but also foster a general sense of wellbeing, as opposed to chaos.

If you long for a kitchen that not only serves as a space to prep, cook and eat but also feels like a pocket of tranquility in which to stop and take a moment to reflect, our expert's top tips are here to help.

What is a mindful kitchen?

It is important to bear in mind here that what one person finds helpful in inducing a sense of calm in the kitchen will often be quite different from another – and this is a key factor in defining mindful kitchen ideas.

"A mindful kitchen isn’t necessarily a one-size-fits-all – it means something different to everyone," elaborates up Paul Dore, managing director and kitchen expert at County Stone Ltd. "It isn’t about following a trend or copying a showroom look, it’s about designing a space that genuinely supports how you live day-to-day. Your lifestyle, your family and how you use your kitchen should always come first."

Natalie Fry, founder and creative director of Grid Thirteen Design Studio, agrees that a mindful kitchen requires a personalised outlook. "We approach the kitchen as a space that should actively support daily life, wellbeing, and connection. Whether for families, young professional couples, or anyone balancing a busy lifestyle, a mindful kitchen design starts with understanding how the space should feel, not just how it should look," she says. "It’s about creating a home environment that is calm, practical and welcoming, where everyday routines feel effortless."

What does a mindful kitchen mean to you?

The key to creating a mindful kitchen is to avoid simply following the latest kitchen trends and focus instead on designing a very personalised space.

"For passionate cooks, mindfulness might mean plenty of room for ingredients and spices, a large five-burner hob, double or even triple ovens, and space for appliances like mixers and food processors that are used regularly," explains Paul Dore. "For busy families who value speed and convenience, it could be about generous storage – large fridge-freezers, walk-in pantries, or pull-out larders for dried goods – and layouts that make quick meals and school-day routines easier and less stressful."

Natalie Fry explains how they implemented these ideas into a kitchen they recently designed. "The project began not with a discussion about finishes or styles, but with how the clients wanted the space to feel when they walked through the door," she says. "After long working days, they wanted calm rather than visual noise, and a kitchen that felt personal and lived-in rather than pristine. It was also important that the space reflected their personality and the experiences they had gathered through travel, without becoming themed or overly designed."

While mindful kitchens have to be carefully tuned to suit their owners, there are some general concepts to bear in mind when designing this type of space.

1. Create a layout that flows effortlessly

Kitchen layout ideas lie at the heart of a space that feels calming to spend time in, so focus on this at the earliest stages of planning.

"A mindful kitchen flows intuitively," explains Charlotte Tilby, head of marketing at Woodstock, parent company of LochAnna Kitchens. "We design with uninterrupted work zones, so movement feels natural and unforced. Our advice is to design around how you live and cook – when the layout complements daily routines, the space feels far more relaxed and harmonious. Additionally, the placement of your kitchen sink plays a crucial role. Positioning it within an island can enhance workflow, keeping everything within easy reach and maximising counter space while placing it beneath a window allows for natural light and a view while washing up."

"Tamsin Holland, product development manager at Paula Rosa Kitchens, has some further tips on mindful kitchen layouts. "We’re seeing a real move towards kitchens that are thoughtfully zoned and designed around how people actually live day-to-day. Large islands and worktables remain incredibly popular because they anchor the space, becoming somewhere to cook, gather, work and entertain all at once," she says. "At the same time, more defined layouts, such as semi-open or broken-plan designs, are helping to create calmer, more organised environments. It’s less about one big open room and more about creating purposeful areas that improve flow, functionality and comfort.”

2. Make great storage a priority for clutter control

Clutter will never help create a sense of calm – in any room. Kitchens can quickly become dumping grounds and, with so many gadgets and appliances on offer these days, finding somewhere to keep them neatly stowed away can really stand in the way of creating an ordered space.

"Storage choices play a big role in wellbeing," reveals Paul Dore. "Some homeowners love open shelving and find joy in seeing cookbooks, glassware and personal pieces on display, while others feel more relaxed when surfaces are clear, and everything is tucked away behind doors. Neither approach is better than the other, it’s simply about understanding what makes you feel most at ease in your own space."

"A true sense of calm goes hand in hand with storage," states Charlotte Tilby. "Pay careful attention to clever, hidden storage solutions and thoughtful organisation because when everything has a home and is decluttered, it’s easier to feel calm. Good design should quietly support the way you live," continues Charlotte. "One of the simplest ways to reduce clutter is by incorporating clever storage – pull-out pantries, drawer organisers and integrated bins keep everything in its place, minimising both visual and sensory distractions. Built-in elements, like a pull-out larder will allow you to hide away items you may not want on display, creating the illusion of a more open space."

Shop kitchen storage ideas

3. Incorporating natural materials will make a huge difference

Using tactile materials, found in nature, is one of the best ways to encourage taking a moment to stop and linger, whether to appreciate the inherent variations in their pattern, or explore the way they feel.

Natalie Fry shares how Grid Thirteen utilised this technique in one of their recent projects. "Material choices were guided by both performance and experience – warm walnut-toned cabinetry paired with porcelain kitchen worktops to bring durability alongside a sense of softness and warmth. These materials were chosen to age well and to introduce an organic quality that feels grounding and familiar, echoing the natural textures the clients were drawn to through their travels."

When choosing materials, do bear in mind that where they came from and how they will last really matters, as Paul Dore explains. "Sustainability is increasingly central to mindful kitchen design. Homeowners are becoming more conscious of longevity and choosing materials that will stand the test of time. We’re seeing a real shift towards solid wood kitchens that can last for decades and be refreshed or adapted as tastes change, rather than replaced entirely. Stone worktops are another long-term, sustainable investment – with the right care, they can last a lifetime and never really go out of style."

4. Select your colour palette to help you feel 'grounded'

Both the kitchen wall colours you choose to use, as well as those within the materials, appliances and flooring you opt for, can mark the difference between a space that feels restful and nurturing and one that has a fizzier, more energetic ambience.

"The most calming kitchens tend to feature earthy, nature-inspired tones such as sage, mushroom, and warm neutrals, which create a soothing, grounded atmosphere that promotes relaxation and balance," advises Charlotte Tilby. "These tones work beautifully with natural materials and soft lighting to enhance a sense of warmth and tranquillity."

Paul Dore agrees that sticking with a nature-inspired colour scheme is important when designing a mindful space, but emphasises that they need not be pale. "Lighter, softer shades such as pastel greens, blues and warm neutrals are often associated with calm and airiness, but deeper, richer tones such as dark green or burgundy, which is proving particularly popular this year, can feel grounding and comforting when used thoughtfully," he says. "Natural wood is a strong trend at the moment and it works beautifully alongside both light, calming palettes and darker schemes that need softening or contrast."

5. Appliances matter more than you might think

Choosing kitchen appliances carefully is important in any kind of kitchen if you want it to perform well for you, but if you are designing your space with an emphasis on mindfulness, there are some particular points to bear in mind.

"Mindful choices definitely extend to appliances and technology," says Paul Dore. "Incorporating induction hobs, A and A+ rated appliances, smart lighting and underfloor heating all help to create a kitchen that’s more energy-efficient and comfortable to use."

"Advanced technology should be seamlessly embedded into fittings and appliances, enhancing usability while maintaining a harmonious, forward-looking aesthetic," picks up Elina Enqvist-Twomey, leader of product management for Fixtures and Kitchen at GROHE UK, who goes on to suggest incorporating a filter tap such as those by GROHE as a way of enhancing the mindful experience in your kitchen. "They deliver pure, filtered water straight from the tap, reducing reliance on plastic bottles while promoting hydration and sustainable living," she says.

Shop appliances to make life easier

FAQs

Is the kitchen work triangle a good idea in mindful kitchens?

The kitchen work triangle might have first been thought-up in the 1940s, but for many people it remains a good concept on which to base a kitchen layout. At a basic level it recommends that the three main working areas of a kitchen – oven/hob, sink and fridge – should be positioned to form a rough triangle. The purpose of this is to make moving between them easier.

Of course these days, there are other appliances and storage methods usually relied upon – larder units, dishwashers and so on. In a mindful kitchen, rather than slavishly following any set concepts, it is better to think about how you move around your space and base your layout on that.

"Thinking carefully about how you move around the kitchen can make a huge difference to how calm and intuitive it feels," says Paul Dore. "Keen cooks often benefit from having everything within easy reach – the hob, oven, fridge, bin, dishwasher and plug sockets – while others may prioritise practical pairings, such as placing the microwave close to the fridge for quick meals. Even small decisions like this can make simple tasks easier and make the space feel more mindful.

"Ultimately, a mindful kitchen is one that feels calm, considered and personal – a space that works hard for you, supports your wellbeing and still looks beautiful years down the line."

One of the easiest, quickest and most affordable ways of updating your kitchen to feel more restful is through your kitchen decor ideas – even making small changes, such as adding in some moisture-loving plants or fitting a few open shelves can make all the difference.

Scroll through Pinterest or a glossy home magazine and it’s hard not to linger on those picture-perfect pantry ideas with their ordered shelves and hidden appliances, all tucked neatly away from view. The promise is simple: less clutter, more calm and a kitchen that always feels under control.

But behind the photos lies a practical consideration. Walk-in pantries take up space, and in many homes that space has to come from somewhere else. Not every layout can accommodate a separate room, and even when it can, it’s worth asking whether that space might work harder another way.

So before committing to a dedicated walk-in pantry, it’s worth pausing to consider the alternatives. Could a well-designed cupboard do the same job, or even do it better? And where does the increasingly popular freestanding larder unit fit into the picture?

Pros of a walk-in pantry

1. Everything is concealed behind one door
One of the biggest appeals of a pantry is its ability to make everything disappear at once. Instead of spreading food, crockery and appliances across multiple cupboards, a pantry gathers it all behind a single door and instantly restores a sense of calm to kitchen chaos.

This is especially valuable in open-plan homes, where the kitchen is always on show. As Tom Howley, creative design director at Tom Howley, explains, “A walk-in pantry is particularly valuable when clients want to maximise storage while keeping a clean, considered look in their kitchen. They provide beautifully organised storage for dry goods and tableware, helping to keep the main kitchen calm and clutter-free.”

Kitchen units, on the other hand, can conceal individual items, but they rarely deliver the same clean-slate effect.

2. They offer a dedicated zone for appliances
Where walk-in pantries really come into their own is appliance storage. Coffee machines, mixers, blenders and other small kitchen appliances no longer need to sit on precious worktops; instead, they can live together in a purpose-designed space with integrated power and internal worktops.

According to Gareth Davies, design director at Classic Interiors, this is where pantries outshine even the most advanced cabinetry. “A walk-in pantry provides far greater functionality through bespoke internal fittings, full-height storage and the ability to zone food alongside appliances,” he says, noting that cupboards often struggle to achieve this without fragmenting the kitchen layout.

3. It's an extension of your kitchen
A walk-in pantry can also function as extra prep space, often incorporating a cool surface for food preparation and freeing up worktops in the main kitchen. And when things get messy? Simply close the door and deal with it later.

Taking this one step further, a combined back kitchen and pantry acts as a fully fledged extension of the main space. “It’s ideal for entertaining, allowing the main kitchen to remain spotless, so it can be used for relaxed family gatherings, cocktail or dinner parties while also supporting the practical needs of daily life,” explains Tom Howley. That means washing-up stays up out of sight and the main kitchen always feels guest-ready.

4. They're aesthetically pleasing
Function aside, walk-in pantries have undeniable visual appeal. “Pantries and back kitchens have become increasingly sought-after in today’s country kitchens,” says Tom Howley.

For Tom, the magic lies in the details: “A double pantry is the most memorable part of the most fabulous kitchens – laden with interesting bottles of infused oils, rustling packets of the finest truffles, artisanal jarred vegetables and special seasonings. The act of opening a double pantry is truly a moment of awe and gives the process of cooking and entertaining a real sense of occasion.”

5. They can add real value to a home
Beyond everyday use, these features can also boost your home's resale appeal. “A well designed pantry can add a huge amount of value and appeal to potential buyers, and is definitely worth considering when planning a kitchen,” says Al Bruce, founder of Olive & Barr. “You can typically expect it to add 5–10% of the value of a kitchen.”

That said, added value isn’t a given. A walk-in pantry works best when it genuinely improves how the kitchen functions. In smaller homes, buyers may place just as much value on smart, well-planned cupboard storage as they do on a dedicated pantry space.

Cons of a walk-in pantry

1. They need space – and can compromise your layout
A walk-in pantry only really works when it has room to breathe and in compact kitchen layouts, a poorly positioned pantry can end up feeling more like an obstacle than an asset.

Gareth Davies cautions that if adding a pantry “breaks up your main prep run or pinches circulation below 900mm,” the budget is often better spent elsewhere — think wide drawers, targeted pull-outs and high-quality internal fittings within the main kitchen.

2. They require upkeep and organisation
That beautifully organised walk-in pantry doesn’t maintain itself. To stay practical (and pleasant to use), a pantry requires regular cleaning and stock rotation. Without that, it can quickly become a catch-all for half-used packets and forgotten ingredients.

Cupboards, on the other hand, are often easier to manage simply because they’re used more often and in smaller doses, making everyday organisation feel more manageable.

Pros of a kitchen cupboard pantry

1. They’re better suited to smaller spaces
If space or budget is limited, clever cupboard design can often achieve much of what a pantry does. As Emily Newmarch, design consultant at Kitchens by Holloways, explains, “A well-designed cupboard solution can replicate many of the same functions as a walk-in pantry, allowing dry goods and everyday items to be hidden behind pocket or integrated doors and keeping the kitchen streamlined.”

2. They feel more intuitive for everyday cooking
Cupboard-based storage often fits more naturally with how we use our kitchens day to day. When ingredients and tools live close to where you actually cook, everything feels easier and less stop-start.

Thoughtful internal design also means drawers and pull-outs make it simple to see what you have, without sacrificing precious worktop space. As kitchen designer Gareth Davies puts it, “wide drawers, shallow wall units and a couple of narrow pull-outs can replicate most pantry capacity with excellent accessibility.”

Shop helpful cupboard organisers

Cons of a kitchen cupboard pantry

1. They have limited capacity and can’t hide everything at once
Where pantry cupboards do tend to fall short is in that one satisfying moment of closing the door and making everything disappear. While clever cupboard solutions can mimic many of the practical benefits of a walk-in pantry, Emily Newmarch points out that “a pantry offers a sense of separation and capacity that cupboards can’t always fully replicate,” something that’s particularly noticeable in larger households.

There’s also the question of appliances. As Gareth Davies explains, “What a cupboard setup can’t always match is an appliance-ready work zone, with integrated power and a short internal counter behind pocket or bi-fold doors.” It can also struggle to deliver that at-a-glance overview a tall larder or pocket-door pantry provides. “For many homes the trade-off is acceptable,” he adds, “but serious bakers or gadget users usually miss the contained workstation.”

Freestanding pantry units – the perfect middle ground?

For many homeowners, the choice isn’t strictly between a walk-in pantry and a standard kitchen cupboard. A freestanding pantry unit can offer a practical middle ground.

Because these units typically sit within the main kitchen, they make storage feel effortless rather than disruptive. Everything stays close to where you cook, with full-height shelving and internal drawers making it easy to see what you have at a glance. It’s a practical balance that often works better than a walk-in pantry in smaller kitchens where space and flow really matter.

Freestanding pantry units also work particularly well as appliance garages, keeping coffee machines and mixers tucked away but ready to use. They can also double as a neat breakfast nook or coffee station, giving you a dedicated spot for morning routines without breaking up the rest of the kitchen.

That said, they’re not a like-for-like replacement for a walk-in pantry. Without the same sense of separation or internal worktop space, they can feel restrictive over time, particularly in larger households.

Shop freestanding pantry cupboards

Final verdict

The choice between a walk-in pantry, freestanding unit or bespoke pantry cupboard will ultimately come down to how you live. As Emily Newmarch, design consultant at Kitchens by Holloways, explains, "The decision should reflect your lifestyle, shopping habits, available space and how the kitchen is used day to day.”

She adds that in many cases, working with a kitchen designer or furniture maker during your kitchen renovation or kitchen remodel can help you understand whether a dedicated pantry is truly necessary, or whether intelligent cabinetry and thoughtful spatial planning can achieve the same result at fraction of the price.

If you’re looking for the best worktop for your kitchen worktop ideas, kitchen worktop prices will be high on your list of considerations.

The reality is, budget is a significant factor in the new kitchen buying process, and while you might dream of smart quartz worktops, can you afford them? Could solid wood worktops be a more budget-friendly option instead?

Before you make a final choice you need reliable information. Here, we look at both popular and specialist kitchen worktops, what you can expect to pay, and some of their pros and cons to make sure your budget is being spent in the right place.

Laminate kitchen worktops

Laminate kitchen worktops are one of the most budget-friendly worktop options. “Upfront costs start at around £20- £30m2,” says Paul Kerr, Building expert at Beatsons Building Supplies. However, this isn’t the only reason it's popular, he continues. “It's also low-maintenance and available in a wide variety of styles, colours, and textures.”

The length will help determine the cost, but three-metre lengths are common and ideal for most kitchen ideas. If you see a worktop that is surprisingly cheap, check its length. The thickness of the worktop can also affect the price.

Budget laminate worktops (typically 3000mm x 28mm) start at around £100 - £120. However, thicker sizes (38/40mm) will increase the price, while thinner worktops (22mm) will cost less.

Al Bruce, Founder of Olive & Barr, offers this smart advice. “Remember, when sourcing laminate, opt for the highest quality you can afford; low-cost laminate can be prone to warping and scratching.”

However, most budget-friendly laminate isn’t perfect, points out Paul Kerr. “The main downside to laminate worktops is their susceptibility to heat damage if exposed to too much steam and heat.

“They typically also have a shorter lifespan when compared to stone worktops," he adds. The surface, especially on inexpensive laminate worktops, once damaged, is hard to repair and typically will need replacing.

Shop for laminate worktops

Solid wood kitchen worktop costs

Solid wood kitchen worktops are typically a step up from laminate, but with a wide range of options available, prices can vary significantly. As with laminate worktops, length and thickness will affect price, and the type of wood (pine/beech/oak) you choose can make a difference.

“Solid wood worktops can go for a lot more than laminate with a starting cost of around £50m2,” says Paul Kerr. Expect to pay £130 - £150 for a standard 3m length, but prices can easily reach £200 or more for the same length in a different wood.

However, one of the reasons they cost more is that they offer aesthetic appeal says Al Bruce. “A wooden worktop is a classic choice and has many advantages if you prefer a natural and rustic kitchen. As it's available in many forms from ash to oak, wood contrasts beautifully against an array of textures, creating an eclectic look.”

It is also easy to work with, he adds. “Wood is more forgiving than a stone worktop as it can be perfectly shaped to fit every angle of your kitchen. But, remember, wood does require some maintenance, such as oiling to prevent scratches and to protect it from general wear-and-tear,” he adds.

"Solid wood worktops can warp or crack more easily if exposed to too much heat or moisture," warns Paul, "and because wood is a porous material its also more vulnerable to staining and would need regular oiling/sealing.”

Although if you are thinking of renovating to sell he also notes that, "solid wood is often noted by house buyers as a plus point.”

Shop for solid wood worktops

Quartz, granite, and marble kitchen worktop costs

Stone-based worktops are a common choice for more luxurious kitchens, but the cost for stone worktops is much higher than for laminate and wood, and realistically, they’re not materials that you can cut and fit yourself. You will need to pay additional costs for materials and professional installation.

Prices can vary widely depending on several factors says Mike Bekin, Managing Director of Ecochoice. “Installed pricing for quartz worktops, that includes templating and fabrication starts at around £350 - £500m2 at the low end, £550 - £800m2 mid‑range, and £900 - £1400m2 for premium brands.

“Installed marble typically ranges from £400 - £700m2 at the low end, going up to £1300 - £2000m2 for premium stones like Calacatta or thicker profiles," he adds.

Average costs for granite worktops are around £400 - £500m2. However, thicker profiles, different brands, and quality can lead to price variations. Get three or four quotes from online or local suppliers to ensure an accurate price for your needs.

In terms of which worktop costs best match your budget, quartz worktops are popular for their appearance, says Al Bruce. “Quartz is available in a wide range of styles; small pieces of glass or metallic flecks are added to create a beautiful finish.”

“Along with granite, quartz is one of the most durable options on the market,” adds Paul Kerr. However, it's not just their good looks that make them a winner, says Al Bruce, “Quartz is a non-porous material; its texture does not allow bacteria to grow and resists stains, ideal for maintaining a clean kitchen.”

“Marble on the other hand is a little softer than the other stones, so it is a bit more susceptible to scratching,” notes Paul. "But it would still be a more durable option than laminate or wood.”

Specialist kitchen worktop costs

Beyond the popular options, there are more specialist options such as Corian, stainless steel, copper and concrete.

Costs will vary based on a range of factors. Corian worktops typically cost £500 - £600m2 installed. While Mike Bekin points out, “installed stainless usually starts around £350m2, going up to £1400m2 for thicker gauges, integrated sinks and extensive upstands.”

Concrete worktop prices start at around £300m2 installed for simpler precast sections. But prices can rise to well over £1000m2 for more complex worktops. Copper worktops start at around £300 - 400m2.

Like other worktop types, specialist kitchen worktops have drawbacks, with cost a common one. All cost more than laminate and solid wood, and they are not DIY-friendly. You will need a professional to install them.

Corian worktops are non-porous, can be seamlessly blended at joins, and scratches can be buffed out, while as Paul Kerr shares, "stainless steel is known for its industrial quality, often found in industrial kitchens; it's easy to clean and maintain. But, it is also prone to scratching, denting and fingerprints.

“Warming with an industrial feel, copper worktops complement many kitchen designs, from pared-back to opulent,” says Al Bruce, but can also be susceptible to scratches and dents and changes colour over time.

“Concrete offers a custom look with flexible thicknesses, colours and cast‑in drainers or inlays that feel architectural," notes Mike. "It’s inherently heat-tolerant and can be repaired or refinished by specialists if needed. The downsides are weight, the need for robust cabinetry and reinforcement, and a tendency for micro‑cracks or pinholes that require good sealing.”

FAQs

How much does it cost to install a kitchen worktop?

The cost for fitting a kitchen worktop will depend heavily on the material. Some can be installed DIY, while others require professional installation. “Laminate worktop installation will be in the range of £200 - £300,” says Paul Kerr. However, as it's the easiest to work with, "if you're an avid DIYer, then laminate is probably the easiest material to cut to shape and fit.”

“Laminate and solid wood have the lowest fitting costs," adds Mike Bekin, "because they can be cut on site and adjusted to imperfect walls, with labour for a small kitchen commonly £250 – £600.”

Other worktop materials, such as quartz, granite, and stone, should be handled by professionals, recommends Paul. “These require more specialised tools for cutting and shaping,” which most DIYers won’t have in their tool collection.

“Stone, quartz and marble use template‑and‑fit workflows with CNC cutting, so installation is bundled into per‑square‑metre pricing and often starts near £1200 –£1800,” adds Mike. This is to supply and fit for an average kitchen. Expect to pay around £400+m2 for supply and installation. Different companies charge different prices, so it is wise to get at least three quotes to get a more accurate idea of pricing.

If you are planning to update or install a new kitchen and want to make sure your kitchen wortkop costs are well spent, make sure you check out our guides on choosing a kitchen worktop colour and kitchen island ideas for more inspiration and insight.

If you are after ways of adding space to your home in a super efficient and very stylish way, seeking out L-shaped kitchen extension ideas should be high on your agenda. Building an extension like this opens up all kinds of opportunities, often making the very most of every inch of available space.

"An L-shaped extension typically wraps around the ground floor, often incorporating a side and rear extension into a single, cohesive addition to the home," explains architect James Dale of James Dale Architects. "It works particularly well for kitchen renovations, as it can dramatically increase space on the ground floor, and can improve the relationship between a house and garden."

If you love the idea of a spacious kitchen that is full of light and feels connected to your outdoor spaces – and, lets face it, who wouldn't – take a look at the collection of projects we have pulled together here. From modest creations to large scale additions, there is something for everyone.

1. Use the natural zones wisely

There are several different ways to design an L-shaped kitchen extension. Structures comprising a side and rear extension are common and these are also sometimes referred to as 'wrap around extensions' due to the fact that they snake around the back and side of a house.

Internally, they make for great kitchen diners as they very naturally lend themselves to being zoned into separate cooking and eating spaces.

"This type of extension results in layouts that work exceptionally well for open-plan kitchens, allowing for distinct zones for cooking, dining, and relaxing, all sitting comfortably within one connected space," says James Dale.

This extension, designed by Delve Architects, sees the dining area located in the projecting section of the layout, meaning diners can enjoy a bright outlook while eating.

2. Be creative with your glazing choices

An L-shaped extension opens up some really interesting glazing options, allowing you to mirror the forms, or styles of windows and doors within each section, for a pleasingly cohesive end result.

Within the extension of this Victorian terrace, designed by James Dale Architects, side and rear extensions have been brought together to form a new kitchen and dining space.

While the dining area has access to the patio through aluminium glazed doors, the kitchen is cleverly lit through the use of full-height fixed glazed panels, narrow in profile so as not to take up too much wall storage space.

3. Maximise the projecting element

The stepped nature of extension ideas formed in an L-shape means the longer section often projects out into the garden space. This element of the extension is, therefore, the perfect location for an area of the home you spend a lot of time in, so you can enjoy natural light and views.

James Munro at Pace Architecture designed this L-shaped kitchen extension so that the kitchen feels as though it sits firmly within the garden, with the living and dining areas towards the back of the space, lit by glazed doors.

L-shaped kitchen extensions are one of the best ways to gain maximum space and this design also allowed for an additional utility and WC, along with a separate walk-in pantry directly off the kitchen.

4. Seriously consider a bi-fold window seat

A side and rear extension have completely transformed this traditional Victorian house, allowing for the creation of a bright, airy and distinctly modern new kitchen dining space for the family.

A large window wraps around the projecting section of the extension and incorporates bi-fold windows over a window seat, meaning the area can be opened up to the carefully landscaped garden beyond.

The side section not only benefits from a glazed ceiling to flood it with light, but also features a full height glazed door which provides access to outside.

5. Create a lightweight look using carefully chosen materials

An L-shaped extension – as opposed to a simple side return extension or small rear extension – totally changes the exterior appearance of a house, so extra care needs to be taken to ensure it doesn't overwhelm the rest of the building, or the landscape it sits within.

This L-shaped extension, designed by Pace Architecture, was designed to provide a large kitchen diner. External zinc cladding was chosen to, "reduce the overall massing of the extension and break up the facade," according to designer James Munro.

A mixture of glazing features have also been used – slimline sliding doors, large rooflights and an oriel bay window to bringlots of natural light into the home, and create a great connection with the outside.

6. Design the interior to enjoy the exterior

Kitchen extensions come in all shapes and sizes, but in the case of those that are L-shaped, you need to take into account the fact that each element, and in particularly the protruding section, will have a view of the other – so take the opportunity to create something you really enjoy looking at.

Within the ingenious design of this extension by YARD Architects, the dining area of the new space has been designed with glazed openings that allow for glimpses of the eye-catching corbelled brickwork.

The kitchen is set back slightly, and features a large window with sliding panes that allow for uninterrupted views out over the garden beyond.

7. Use modern, yet complimentary, cladding materials

The owners of this beautiful Victorian home, which had been turned into flats and seriously neglected over the years, were keen to introduce contemporary design elements that respected the original details of the building.

Pace Architecture responded to the brief by designing a metal-clad horizontal addition, which balances out the three-storey pitched original form of the building perfectly.

The earthy red of the metal cladding purposefully echoes the colour of the old brickwork, in order to unite the old and new sections visually.

8. Light your L-shaped extension from above

L-shaped kitchen extensions offer so much potential for creating a really welcoming, open kitchen, dining and living space – more so, in most cases, than other types of extension. This extended townhouse, designed by George & James Architects, is a fantastic example.

"We added an L-shaped extension, combining a side and rear extension, carefully designed to maximise the available space at the period townhouse," explains Simon Drayson, director at the practice.

"As the property faces north, bringing natural light deep into the home was central to the design approach," continues Simon. "The careful positioning of generous rooflights introduces daylight from above throughout the day, while a striking picture window in the rear elevation further enhances light levels and frames views of the garden beyond. To strengthen this indoor–outdoor relationship, large glazed doors open onto a terrace, precisely aligned with the kitchen floor level to create a seamless transition between inside and out."

9. Use glazed walls to create views from all angles

An L-shaped kitchen extension offers the potential to enjoy views over your outdoor spaces from multiple perspectives – so be sure to take full advantage of this through your choice of architectural glazing.

This kitchen extension was created as part of a Victorian house renovation and combines side and rear extensions to form a kitchen, dining and living space that has very much become the heart of the home.

By using a variety of both fixed and opening glazed apertures, as well as ceiling glazing, the homeowners can enjoy different vistas throughout the new space.

10. Consider using a different shade of brickwork

While building an extension that sits in complete contrast to the original house can be viewed upon very favourably by planners, creating some kind of cohesion between old and new remains important.

That might mean echoing the shape of the original roofline or windows, matching up colours or, as is the case in the design of this extension, by George & James Architects, using similar materials yet varying their shades.

The aim with this extension was to create a modern new space that wouldn't overwhelm the original property — the stylishly subtle blue brickwork and slimline sliding patio doors were the perfect way to do this.

If you are hoping to incorporate some clever open plan kitchen ideas into your renovation or extension project, there is no doubt that an L-shaped design is the perfect way to allow for this.

That said, don't forget to make sure that you also pay attention to making sure that your extension works with your garden too – particularly as an extension like this is so tightly connected to your outdoor space.

In a compact kitchen, storage can often feel like a bit of a negotiation. Worktops get cluttered, cupboards overflow, and the idea of squeezing in a pantry can seem wildly optimistic. But the truth is, a pantry doesn’t have to be a grand, walk-in room to earn its keep. In fact, some of the hardest-working pantries are hidden behind slim doors, tucked into awkward corners or built into the main kitchen run.

With thoughtful planning, a small kitchen pantry is definitely achievable. From tall, pull-out larders and concealed breakfast stations to clever shelving that works with how you actually cook, these must-have features are all about doing more with less.

Below, kitchen designers share their smartest small kitchen pantry ideas, proving that even the most compact spaces can accommodate storage that’s both practical and beautifully considered.

1. Design a small pantry around daily habits, not aesthetics

When planning a pantry in a small kitchen, it’s tempting to focus on how much you can store, but how you actually use the space matters far more. According to David Blako, CMO at Wren Kitchens, this is where many designs fall short.

“A common issue with small pantries is that they’re planned around how much they can hold, rather than how people actually shop, cook and restock,” he says. “This often results in awkward layouts where frequently used items are hard to reach, while less useful things take up prime space.”

David recommends designing with real routines in mind: “Keep daily essentials at arm’s height, place heavier items lower down, and reserve higher shelves for bulk or backup goods. When the layout reflects how the space is used, organisation becomes much easier to maintain.”

That sentiment is echoed by Mike Biddulph, founder of Goldfinch Furniture: “Take time to define exactly what you need from your pantry before you buy or design it,” he recommends. “We ask our clients questions like, ‘Is it just for kitchen storage? Only dry goods? Mops and brooms? Do you want a small prep surface?’ There are so many options, it’s easy to end up with one that doesn’t fit what you actually need.”

If there’s one takeaway Mike stresses, it's don’t rush the planning stage. “If in doubt, plan, plan and plan again,” he advises. “The biggest mistake is designing a pantry around a beautiful image rather than real-life use. In a small pantry space, every shelf and pull-out needs a purpose.”

Top tip: Design from the inside out. “Start with your habits and what you'll be storing – dry goods, appliances, cleaning items, a breakfast setup – then build the internal layout around those needs while still achieving the look you want," says Mike.

2. Integrate a small pantry into your main kitchen run

Pantries tend to work best when they’re fully integrated into the existing kitchen layout, rather than added on as a separate feature. According to Mike Biddulph, this approach can actually make a kitchen feel more spacious overall.

“In a small kitchen, it can be easy to assume that including a pantry cupboard is an inefficient use of space. However, opting for a slim pantry with internal pull-outs or drawers maximises storage while keeping circulation space clear," he explains.

While this may mean sacrificing a small section of kitchen worktop, Mike believes the trade-off is often worth it. “That space is often where everyday clutter accumulates,” he says. “By relocating those items into a dedicated small pantry zone, you gain a cleaner, more functional workspace. The result is a kitchen that feels calmer, more efficient, and – counterintuitively – more spacious.”

3. Keep a small pantry close to the action

Emily Newmarch, design consultant at Kitchens by Holloways says that getting the location of your pantry right is the key its success: “In a small kitchen, the smartest way to introduce a small pantry zone is to think creatively about proximity and flow rather than size,” she explains. “It doesn’t need to be a full walk-in pantry to be effective.”

She suggests looking beyond traditional setups: “Step-in pantries, corner pantries, under-stair storage or well-designed breakfast cupboards can all deliver the same functional benefits without sacrificing worktop space or circulation. The key is ensuring your small pantry sits close to the main kitchen so it supports daily use, and that its layout is tailored to what will actually be stored.”

3. Choose a tall, slim pantry to maximise vertical space

When floor space is limited, going vertical is often the smartest move. “A tall, slim pantry is a smart solution for compact kitchens,” says Ali Nash, kitchen designer at Tom Howley.

With thoughtful internal planning, these small pantry ideas can take on much more than you might expect. “Chopping boards and spice jars are often left on the worktop, but they can all be stored neatly out of sight, freeing up precious counter space,” Ali explains.

He adds that bespoke interiors can make all the difference. “These tall units can be tailored to your exact needs – from integrated knife blocks and clever pull-outs that reveal two drawers in one, to spice racks built into pantry doors or drawers. For added convenience, a hidden tech drawer allows phones and tablets to charge out of sight while you cook.”

4. Opt for pull-out larders for full visibility

If you’re worried a tall pantry might feel too dominant in a small kitchen, pull-out designs offer a flexible alternative.

“Pull-out larder drawers and swing-out tall larder cupboards are designed to maximise vertical storage while keeping everything accessible when you open the door,” explains David Blako from Wren Kitchens. “So if a full-height unit feels too imposing, a pull-out pantry tower can be a far more adaptable option."

These designs are also surprisingly versatile. David notes that they’re available in a wide range of widths, with some as narrow as 30cm – roughly the width of a toaster – and even slimmer base-unit pull-outs measuring just 15cm, making them suitable for almost any layout.

Pull-out drawers aren’t just for bespoke small pantry units, either. Many freestanding designs and standard cupboards can be upgraded with internal pull-outs, making them easier to organise and far more user-friendly.

5. Use lighting to make small pantries feel bigger

Lighting can completely change your small pantry ideas for the better. In smaller or enclosed spaces, poor lighting can make even the best storage feel awkward and overlooked. “Sensor lighting ensures the space is functional without feeling dark or forgotten,” explains Emily Newmarch, which is particularly important in windowless pantries or tall cupboards where shelves can quickly disappear into shadow.

Layered lighting is especially effective. Adding subtle accent lighting in a kitchen or discreet shelf lighting makes it easier to see what you have at a glance, while also giving your pantry a more 'polished' feel.

6. Add storage to the inside of a small pantry door

It’s often the subtle details that make the biggest difference to your kitchen design. For example, making use of the inside of pantry doors doesn’t require any extra space but it can instantly improve how hard the pantry works for you.

“If space allows, installing shallow shelves on the inside of pantry doors for frequently used items can be a smart move,” says Mike Biddulph. While this approach may slightly reduce the depth of pull-out drawers, he notes that “the gain in day-to-day convenience is often worth it, especially for items you reach for constantly, such as spices, oils or snacks."

7. Make the most of shallow pantry shelves

When space is limited, the proportions of your shelving become just as important as the amount of storage itself. “In compact pantries, shelving works best when it’s shallow enough to keep jars, tins and packets visible, but deep enough to store boxed goods without wasted space,” explains David Blako. “Overly deep shelves can quickly become impractical.

Richard Davonport, managing director at Davonport,agrees, adding that mixing shelf types is often more effective than a uniform layout. “Instead of defaulting to identical shelving throughout, the internal design should reflect how a household shops, cooks and stores food,” he says. “That might mean shallower shelves for jars and spices, door racks for frequently used items, and deeper sections reserved for bottles or bulkier goods."

8. Convert awkward or unexpected spaces into pantry zones

When square footage is tight, it pays to look at your kitchen with fresh eyes. Steve Larkin, CEO of Kitchen Door Hub, suggests rethinking overlooked areas that could easily become pantry space:

“Alcoves are a great place to start,” he explains. “If you have an alcove that doesn’t currently serve a purpose, it can be converted into a pantry. Custom-built shelves or drawers can help make the most of these awkward shapes.”

Other options include installing floor-to-ceiling shelving to maximise vertical space, converting an unused cupboard into a pantry with added shelves or hooks, or even removing doors altogether for an open, accessible feel.

For renters or those after flexibility, Steve say "a wheeled cart can double as a mini pantry and be moved when needed, keeping essentials close at hand without taking up permanent space.”

9. Embrace a freestanding small pantry design

In certain layouts, a freestanding pantry can be a smart – and often overlooked – design choice. Rather than treating a pantry as a separate room, thinking of it as a standalone piece of cabinetry can make it far easier to incorporate into a smaller kitchen.

"Designed as a tall cupboard, a freestanding pantry can slot neatly into an awkward corner or an unused stretch of wall, creating highly practical storage without increasing the footprint of the kitchen,” explains Richard Davonport.

It’s also a surprisingly generous option. “These pantries are often deeper and more accommodating than standard units,” he adds, “allowing a significant volume of food to be stored in one place while keeping the main run of cabinetry lighter and easier to navigate.”

10. Install pocket doors where space is limited

When floor space is at a premium, traditional hinged doors can quickly become a nuisance. Pocket doors offer a clever alternative, sliding neatly out of sight and allowing full access to pantry storage without blocking walkways or worktops.

This type of door is particularly useful for small pantry cupboards or coffee stations. By tucking away neatly, they help keep the space feeling calm and uncluttered, even during busy moments. Visually, they’re a great option too, as they allow you to conceal storage when you want a streamlined look, without the door swing that can make small kitchens feel crowded.

11. Use colour, tiles or curtains to give a small pantry personality

Even the smallest pantry space can become a design moment with the right finishes. “In a compact pantry, flooring has an outsized influence on how the space feels and how confidently it can be used,” explains Grazzie Wilson, head of creative at Ca’ Pietra.

“Patterned or richly coloured tiles are particularly effective here, as they introduce character without relying on square footage,” she says. “Because pantries are often enclosed or partially hidden, they’re one of the few areas where homeowners can embrace bolder tile choices.”

Colour and texture play a role too. “Soft fabric curtains instead of solid doors bring a domestic, layered quality,” Grazzie adds. “When colour, pattern and texture are considered together, the floor becomes the anchor of the space – grounding the design and making even the smallest pantry feel intentional.”

12. Turn open shelving into a makeshift pantry to avoid wasted space

If a full pantry cupboard feels too bulky for your space, open shelving allows you to create a “pantry zone” without enclosing it, keeping sightlines open and the room feeling airy.

Open shelving works especially well for everyday essentials, as well as keeping everything visible at a glance. It also encourages a more intentional approach to storage because when items are on display, there’s less temptation to overbuy or let clutter build up unnoticed.

Top tip: Decanting ingredients into matching containers, using woven baskets or introducing a few decorative pieces can help shelves feel curated rather than purely functional. For renters or those after a low-commitment solution, open shelving is also easier to install, adapt or remove over time.

Display food essentials with glass storage

13. Fit a small pantry into a corner cupboard

Corners are often one of the trickiest areas to plan in a small kitchen, but with the right design, they can become some of the hardest-working spaces in the room. A full-height corner cupboard can transform an underused area into a compact pantry that feels purposeful rather than leftover.

By extending storage floor to ceiling, a corner pantry with wraparound shelving ensures items remain easy to access rather than disappearing into the back of deep cupboards.

And in some designs, a slim internal work surface can also be incorporated, creating a discreet spot for small kitchen appliances like a coffee machine or toaster. The result is a small pantry that feels almost walk-in, without encroaching on the main kitchen footprint.

If you’ve noticed food in your pantry spoiling faster than it should, poor ventilation could be the culprit. Keeping a pantry cool and understanding how to ventilate a pantry helps extend the life of dry goods and prevents the space from becoming overly warm.

If there’s one place in the kitchen where odds and ends always seem to end up, it’s the pantry. Half-used packets, duplicate tins and uneaten snacks bought with the best intentions all find their way here, slowly turning even the most practical pantry ideas into a frustrating magnet for clutter.

The good news is that a well-organised pantry doesn’t require matching jars for every ingredient or a setup that only works on Instagram feeds. The systems that actually stick are the ones designed for real life and the way you shop, cook and snack day to day.

Below, we’ve distilled expert advice into ten straightforward rules for pantry storage and organisation. Whether you’re working with open shelves, pull-out drawers or one single hardworking cupboard, these principles are designed to bring a sense of order back into your kitchen.

Rule 1: Prioritise visibility in your pantry

The easiest way to keep a pantry under control is to make sure you can actually see what’s in it. When ingredients disappear into deep shelves or crowded cupboards, they’re far more likely to be forgotten, overbought or quietly pushed past their use-by date.

“When everything is visible pantries become a lot easier to use,” says Gareth Davies, design director at Classic Interiors. “Full-extension drawers, shallow shelves and stepped risers all remove dead space and stop items getting lost at the back.”

Clear storage containers can make a big difference to your kitchen storage, too. “Decanting dry goods into glass jars or canisters helps you keep track of what you have at a glance,” adds Al Bruce, founder of Olive & Barr. “It’s a simple way to reduce waste and avoid rediscovering ingredients long after you meant to use them.”

Rule 2: Create clear pantry storage zones

A pantry without zones is a bit like a wardrobe with no hangers. Things technically fit, but nothing ever feels easy to find. Giving categories their own 'zone' adds order to your kitchen and makes everyday cooking feel far less chaotic.

“Zoning is one of the simplest ways to keep a pantry organised long term,” says David Balko, CMO at Wren Kitchens. “Grouping items by category – such as baking, breakfast or everyday staples – makes it much quicker to find what you need and far easier to restock.”

He adds that zoning also helps keep clutter in check. “When everything has a clear place, it’s immediately obvious when something doesn’t belong. That underlying structure stops a pantry or larder from slipping back into chaos over time.”

Keep pantry clutter at bay with simple storage

Rule 3: Store frequently used items at eye level

Where things live inside the pantry matters just as much as how they’re stored. If the items you use most are awkward to reach, they’re more likely to be pushed aside or replaced unnecessarily.

“To make cooking quicker and reduce waste, access is everything,” says Gareth Davies. “Everyday essentials should be stored where they’re easy to grab – at eye level – while bulk supplies and reserves can live lower down without getting in the way.”

“It’s a simple hierarchy,” he explains. “When the things you reach for most are easy to see and access, the pantry naturally becomes more efficient – and far less frustrating to use day to day.”

Rule 4: Choose mechanisms that improve your pantry access

Not all pantry storage is created equal. The pieces that really earn their keep are the ones that make everyday access to staples easier, especially in deeper cupboards or tall pantry units where items can quickly do a disappearing act.

“Full-extension drawers and pull-out shelves are incredibly useful in a pantry,” says Gareth Davies. “They give you clear visibility from front to back, so nothing gets lost, and they make heavier items like tins, oils and jars much easier to reach.”

Turntables and door-mounted storage can be just as effective when used thoughtfully. Lazy Susans work particularly well for sauces, spices and smaller jars, allowing you to store more while still seeing everything at a glance. Two-tiered versions are especially useful in small kitchen pantries, while wall- or door-mounted racks help free up shelf space by keeping frequently used items neatly within reach.

That said, Gareth recommends being selective rather than throwing everything at the space. “Well-engineered storage should make the pantry easier to use every day,” he adds. “Overly complicated inserts often look clever at first, but they can quickly become dumping grounds rather than genuine solutions.”

Easy-to-access pantry storage solutions

Rule 5: Don't be afraid to make a pantry feel beautiful

Practicality will always matter when designing a pantry, but there’s no reason it can’t be a pleasure to look at as well. When a space feels considered and welcoming, it naturally becomes easier – and more appealing – to keep in order.

Small styling choices can make a surprisingly big difference – especially when you're dealing with a pantry in a small kitchen. Decanting your favourite spices into delicate reeded glass jars, using woven baskets to corral loose items, or keeping to a soft, cohesive colour palette throughout a walk-in pantry are all little touches that help bring a sense of calm to chaos.

Ultimately, the most successful pantries are the ones you enjoy opening. While nothing needs to be overly styled or perfect, a well put-together space will feel both useful and visually pleasing, meaning organisation stops feeling like a chore and starts to happen almost without thinking.

Rule 6: Decant dry goods selectively

Decanting can be incredibly useful when it’s done with intention. Rather than transferring everything into matching containers, focus on the dry goods you use regularly, where visibility and freshness really make a difference.

“Decanting staples like rice, pasta and flour into clear jars makes it much easier to keep track of what you have,” explains Al Bruce. “You can see quantities at a glance, monitor food quality and avoid items being forgotten at the back of cupboards."

Rule 7: Rotate food to reduce waste

Even the best-organised pantry can fall into disarray without a simple system for managing stock. Rotating food as you store it is one of the easiest habits to adopt and one that can significantly cut down on wastage.

“To reduce food waste, I always recommend keeping older or opened items front and centre,” says Gareth Davies. “Newer items should go behind them, so what needs using soon is always the most visible.”

Labelling your jars and containers is another step that makes a big difference. Noting down expiry or opening dates when decanting food helps keep it fresh and prevents waste and if you opt for uniform labels while you’re at it, your pantry instantly feels more pulled together, too.

“When you can clearly see what needs using up, meals come together more easily and ingredients are far less likely to be forgotten,” Gareth adds.

Rule 8: Organise the pantry around how you cook

“Storage should always reflect how a household actually lives,” says Tom Howley, director at Tom Howley Kitchens. “Grouping items by category – baking supplies together, breakfast items in one place, everyday staples within easy reach – helps create a pantry that feels intuitive rather than overly styled.”

This approach also makes cooking quicker. “When ingredients that are used together are stored together, you spend less time searching and more time cooking,” adds David Balko from Wren Kitchens. “It’s a simple shift, but one that makes a noticeable difference in how smoothly the kitchen runs day to day.”

Rule 9: Ensure the pantry is well lit

“Lighting is often overlooked, but it plays a huge role in how functional a pantry is,” says Mike Biddulph, founder of Goldfinch Kitchens. “Well-lit storage is simply easier to use, and it makes the space feel far more considered.”

He also points out that how you light the space matters just as much as how bright it is. Cooler LED kitchen lighting ideas are ideal for pantries, as it gives clear visibility without generating excess heat – something that can affect the quality and shelf life of stored food.

Integrated LED strips, motion-sensor lights or discreet internal fittings all make it easier to see what you have at a glance, while keeping the pantry practical, food-safe and genuinely pleasant to use.

Rule 10: Maintain your pantry 'system' with regular resets

Even the most organised, stylish pantries need a little maintenance to stay that way. The trick is getting into the habit of quick, regular resets that stop clutter creeping back in.

“A monthly check-in makes all the difference,” says Steve Larkin from Kitchen Door Hub. “Taking a few minutes to clear out expired items, wipe down shelves and regroup loose products keeps the pantry feeling manageable rather than overwhelming.”

He also recommends keeping things flexible: “Storage needs change over time, so it’s worth revisiting what’s working and what isn’t. A pantry that’s easy to adjust is far more likely to stay organised long term.”

If you have an older larder that’s no longer working as it should, a simple rethink can make all the difference. Our guide to building pantry shelving teaches you how to transform these units into a space that’s both practical and organised.

Side return kitchen extension ideas are up there with the best ways to add extra space in an affordable way. Also referred to as 'infill side extensions' they make use of the space found between terraced or semi-detached houses

"If you live in a terrace house with a narrow side alley space, adding a side return extension can be a very effective way to widen and transform a traditional kitchen, to deliver a more spacious living area," explains James Dale, director at James Dale Architects. "By infilling the often-overlooked side alley, this type of extension allows a kitchen to be widened rather than simply extended, creating a more balanced and usable space."

While there is not always a huge amount of space to play with for a side return kitchen extension, our round-up of ideas shows how to make the very most of this often neglected area.

1. Use modern materials to define new from old

Using side return extension ideas that sit in contrast to the original building is often an approach that planners look very favourably upon these days – a way of defining the addition as something new.

One of the best ways of achieving this distinction between old and new elements is through your choice of materials – this way, the form of the existing house can be mirrored but in a contemporary manner – plus, many modern materials are perfect for drawing in lots of extra natural daylight.

This stunning side return kitchen extension idea, designed by Pace Architecture, is clad in zinc and features a full-height picture window which, in conjunction with the glazed ceiling, means the new kitchen-diner within is flooded with light.

2. Use a glass link for your side return kitchen extension

Large expanses of glazing work so well when it comes to side return kitchen extensions, pulling in light despite the lack of the wide open space that is usually required in order to make an extension feel bright and airy.

This kitchen extension, designed by Sketch Architects, has been added to the side of a previously dilapidated terraced house as a way not only of adding extra space but also to draw light into the remodelled interiors.

Full-height glazing connects the original and new sections, while the whole thing has been wrapped in timber cladding to soften the look and tie it into the garden space.

3. Add a pivot door to open up to the garden

Unlike rear or wraparound extensions, large-scale sliding and bifold doors won't always work for side return kitchen extensions due to their narrower proportions – a more creative approach is therefore needed.

In order to create the modern kitchen the homeowners craved for this project, architect James Dale responded by designing a side infill which features a large, frameless pivot door to connect the space with the garden and pull in plenty of light.

"A dark galley kitchen was reimagined as a bright, open-plan kitchen and living space through the addition of a side infill kitchen extension," picks up James Dale. "The new layout improves circulation and storage, creating an interior that is both more practical and more inviting.

"Carefully positioned glazing plays a key role in the transformation, with generous rooflights drawing daylight deep into the plan and a contemporary oriel window introduced at the rear elevation to create a unique connection to the garden."

The exterior of the new structure has been clad in eye-catching blue encaustic tile.

4. Make structural elements a feature of your side return kitchen

When building an extension of any kind, it is not always necessary to conceal all the support work that has gone into creating it – in fact, leaving it exposed and turning it into a feature can be a great way to add character to the new space.

This side return kitchen extension, designed by James Dale Architects, combines a rear extension with a side infill to create a bright new kitchen space complete with large, sociable island.

Keen to include plenty of colour into the new room, the owners chose to paint the exposed steel beam between the two new additions a zingy shade of orange, which complements the blue kitchen perfectly.

5. Use angled side return glazing to increase the spread of light

If you don't include some form of glazing into your side return kitchen extension then you really are missing a fantastic opportunity to bring in additional natural light. There are many ways in which to add glass elements into your design too.

This new kitchen-diner has been formed using a side extension housing the dining area of the space, above which a bank of huge rooflights has been installed, shedding an enormous amount of light down onto this sociable area.

Thanks to the angle of the new ceiling glazing, the light not only benefits the dining space, but reaches into the kitchen too, in particular the large multi-tasking island where it is needed the most.

6. Incorporate artificial lighting into rooflights

Keen for their extension to give them a large, sociable kitchen-diner in what was previously a disjointed house lacking in light, the owners of this house appointed James Dale Architects to help.

Both a rear and side return kitchen extension have been added to create the new space with wide glazed doors opening up the side addition to the garden beyond.

A section of fixed ceiling glazing runs the depth of the extension to light the space further and has been fitted with spotlights that can take over the job of illumination once the sun sets.

7. Take architectural glazing to the max

Side return kitchen extensions are often pretty modest affairs, added in order to eek as much space as possible out of compact, terraced houses – but they are not always small and subtle, as this project, designed by Scenario Architecture proves.

This Victorian semi-detached house has been totally opened up from front to back in order to create a bright, modern home for family life. Part of its transformation was a brick-fronted side extension to provide a striking new kitchen-diner, complete with sliding doors.

Internally the space enjoys maximum light thanks to the huge amount of architectural glazing that has been incorporated into the design, both internally and externally.

8. Respect the fabric of the building

In some cases, creating something that sits wildly in contrast with the original building just isn't the order of the day – in which case finding ways to absorb side extensions smoothly into the existing interior scheme should be a priority.

The aim of the side kitchen extension to this Victorian terraced property, designed by Delve Architects, was to open up the kitchen with a spacious dining area at the same time as bringing a little extra light into the ground floor of the house.

Keen to incorporate restored original features within the renovation project, such as the metal patio doors, the interior scheme as a whole is bright and eclectic yet will stand the test of time.

9. Have fun with the roofline of a side kitchen extension

A side return kitchen extension need not be boring, as this unusual, striking design, by Scenario Architecture proves.

Designed as part of the expansion and renovation of a Victorian house, internally the layout has been designed to step down from the main kitchen area and houses a bright dining space, lit by a large picture window facing the garden and a wide modern window seat to the side.

Externally, the roofline features stepped brickwork, in keeping with the multi-level nature of the rest of the building.

10. Enjoy a symmetrical finish with a pitched roofline

Some of the most successful kitchen extension ideas combine both a side return extension as well as a rear extension – and this is definitely a great way to maximise space.

This kitchen-diner extension by Delve Architects has a pitched roof and projects out into the garden, onto a patio space, but has also made use of the previously wasted side passage that ran alongside the house.

Internally, the pitch of the roof has been left exposed, with the glazed section pleasingly mirroring the solid side opposite. Exposed beams, metal-framed doors and windows and industrial-style lighting complete the rustic look.

FAQs

How much do side return kitchen extensions cost?

Side return extensions can be one of the most cost-effective ways to add both space and value to a house.

Obviously the extension costs you end up facing will very much depend on its size, your location, the materials you use for its construction and any special features you need to take into account.

According to architect James Munro of Pace Architecture, expect to pay between £2,500 to £3,500/m2 plus VAT. If you plan on using it for a new kitchen, you will also need to factor in this cost.

Once you have your new space, make sure you really squeeze the most out of it with the right kitchen layout ideas. You will want to come up with designs that benefit from the additional light and views that the new structure will hopefully have given you.

UK homeowners are quietly transforming their kitchens with subtle built-in features that make daily life easier, according to the 2026 Houzz Kitchen Trends Study.

During kitchen renovations, 82% of homeowners are integrating hidden organisation solutions, including pantry cabinets, pull-out organisers, and deep drawer systems.

These upgrades are designed to improve efficiency, maximise space, and tailor kitchens to how people actually live, without dramatically altering the room’s overall appearance.

Task-specific built-ins are becoming commonplace

More than four in five homeowners include speciality built-ins in their kitchen renovations, with many opting for zones designed for specific activities.

Beverage stations now appear in 12% of kitchens, baking stations in 5%, and 2% feature snack stations. Omar Bhatti, founder of Space Shack, an interior design studio, said: “When essentials have a clear home, it reduces clutter, improves efficiency and has a real impact on day-to-day quality of life.”

These task-specific zones signal a shift toward kitchens built for living, helping homeowners organise daily routines more smoothly while keeping the features discreet.

Hidden storage solutions are nearly universal

Speciality kitchen storage is a focus in almost all kitchen renovations, with 95% of homeowners integrating features such as cutlery organisers (78%), pull-out waste or recycling bins (55%), and deep drawer organisers (45%).

Corner carousels (29%) and pullout kitchen shelves (31%) turn previously wasted space into functional storage.

Bhatti added: “Thoughtfully designed built-in storage plays a critical role in helping the space function better for everyday use,” showing how these hidden features are practical enhancements rather than visual statements.

Layered hidden features are transforming kitchens

Homeowners are adding additional subtle upgrades that improve usability and efficiency.

Pantry cabinets are included in 40% of kitchens, walk-in pantries in 12%, and butler’s pantries or prep kitchens appear in 11%. Slab kitchen splashbacks feature in 71% of kitchens, helping to create easier-to-maintain surfaces.

Marine Sargsyan, head of economic research at Houzz, said: “With ageing housing stock and longer homeowner tenure, kitchens need to support how people actually live. Clever built-ins and practical layouts are becoming essential for day-to-day efficiency.”

These layered upgrades show that kitchen renovations in 2026 are focusing on functionality and organisation, creating smarter kitchens that support everyday living without drawing attention to the improvements.

When it comes to how to remove kitchen cabinets there are several steps you'll need to take in order to ensure the job is a complete success – while you might think it is just a case of taking a crowbar to your old units and tearing them out, taking this kind of gung-ho approach could, in fact, cause unnecessary damage to the space as a whole, add to your overall costs and cause frustrating delays to the project.

While fitting a new kitchen is often a job undertaken by keen DIYers, in many cases the removal of the old one and the importance of getting this step right, is overlooked – yet, with the right planning and a sound knowledge of the process, this stage can be carried out without any drama.

We asked some kitchen experts for the five things you should always check before ripping out kitchen cabinets for a safe and smooth-running project.

1. What they have been concealing

If you are renovating a kitchen and were not the owner of the house when the existing kitchen was installed then you may well be totally unaware of what is going on behind them.

“One of the biggest mistakes homeowners make before removing an existing kitchen is assuming the cabinets are simply furniture that can be lifted out without consequence," picks up Richard Davonport, managing director at Davonport. "In reality, they often conceal far more than just storage.

"We regularly uncover plumbing, electrics and uneven floors that have been hidden behind units for years, particularly in older homes where services were added gradually rather than planned as a whole," continues Richard. "Understanding what sits behind the cabinetry before work begins allows you to budget properly and avoids the disruption of having to pause a project while unexpected remedial work is carried out."

2. Whether or not they are holding up your worktops

Before you go pulling out your old kitchen units to make way for new you need to be absolutely certain of what else they are holding up – just as you would't go knocking down a wall without first investigating what it was supporting.

“Worktops deserve particular care when taking out kitchen cabinets – especially stone or composite surfaces," warns Richard Davonport. "These are frequently supported not only by the cabinets beneath them but also by timber rails, steel brackets or fixings which will be bonded into the wall.

"Removing base units without first understanding how the load of the work surfaces is distributed can cause cracking due to sudden movement. Even if you are replacing kitchen worktops, damage to walls, floors or adjacent finishes can quickly escalate costs. Taking the time to assess how the worktop is fixed and supported ensures it can be removed safely and without compromising the fabric of the room."

3. How they are attached to the wall

There are lots of different ways to secure kitchen cabinets to the wall and the methods most often used these days will not necessarily be the same as those employed by the previous owners of a house – in short, if you are renovating a house expect to be surprised at what you may find.

“It is really important to look closely at how cabinets are attached to the wall, as this often determines the condition of the wall space behind once they are gone," explains Richard Davonport. "You will often find that older kitchens have been screwed directly through plaster into masonry or studwork, leaving walls that need extensive making good before a new kitchen can be installed.

"Knowing this upfront helps create a realistic schedule of works, allowing for stripping out, preparation and refitting to flow smoothly rather than becoming a series of reactive fixes once the kitchen is already dismantled.”

5. What the floor is like underneath them

When it comes to the commonly-asked question, 'should you put flooring under kitchen cabinets?' there is no clear-cut answer, meaning you might not be completely certain what you are going to find under your units once they are gone.

The general advice these days says that, if it is a streamlined, polished look you are after and a simple installation process, it makes sense to continue your kitchen flooring beneath you units, fitting them on top. The only time this is not such a good idea is if you are laying a floating floor, such as LVT which needs to be able to freely expand and contract.

Basically, expect the worse. Be prepared to find unfinished floors beneath old kitchen cabinets and you won't find yourself having to hunt down matching kitchen flooring or specifying an entirely new floor at the last minute.

4. Their current condition

In addition to considering what you might discover behind or beneath your kitchen cabinets, it is well worth looking at what you already have before you rush in and rip them out. You might just find you could save a little money by reusing what you have, such as carcasses in sound condition.

"Before you begin spending too much money, be sure to check if the cupboards are in good shape and worthy of a do-up," suggests Helen Parker, creative director of deVOL Kitchens. "I would begin with the kitchen worktops, as these are the most prominent part of a kitchen. If they are wood, get them sanded back and re-oiled, and they will be as good as new. Don't forget, when deciding on your worktops, to also look at your taps. If you decide to choose something different, they may need a different cutout in the worktop.

"If the cabinets are not in too bad condition, I would look at the knobs and handles next," continues Helen. "Really beautiful hardware makes an enormous difference to the finished look of a kitchen. Quality is more expensive, but it also makes an average kitchen suddenly feel much more bespoke. These three jobs could be enough to give your kitchen a completely new lease of life without ripping out all the cabinets."

FAQs

How do you remove kitchen cabinets?

The removal of old kitchen cabinets is a task often undertaken on a DIY basis in order to save on the cost of a new kitchen – although the job is best carried out by two people. Work should be undertaken in the following order:

• Disconnect services to kitchen appliances that are being removed or repositioned.
• Take out appliances, including the sink.
• Remove worktops (they will usually be fixed from beneath).
• Take off cabinet doors and remove drawers and any shelves.
• Unscrew fixings from the back of base units and any that are holding units together. They should pull out easily.
• Take off wall units by unscrewing them at the brackets and removing fittings holding double units together. They should then lift out and up off the brackets.

Before you tear out your old cabinets it is important that you have already started to look into designing a kitchen – ideally, you will have a firm plan in place and have ordered your new fixtures and fittings. This way there will be no delays meaning you won't need to put up with a temporary kitchen for too long.

Pantry moths (and their larvae) are an absolute nightmare to deal with: chewing through your food packaging, laying their eggs, leaving droppings, and just being a general nuisance flying around the kitchen (similarly to fruit flies).

The worst thing about pantry moths is that part of what causes them is out of your control, as they are sometimes already infested in sealed food before you've even brought it home from the shops.

However, you're not totally powerless in the fight against these pests, and there are a number of ways to prevent them, such as using glass containers instead of plastic. Below, you'll find expert advice from pest control experts on the causes, signs and how to get rid of them.

How to get rid of pantry moths

1. Find the source
If you suspect a pantry moth infestation, the first step is to go through your dry goods – such as flour, pasta, pet food, and rice – and look for signs like webs and larvae. Throw out any infested food, even if it’s sealed.

2. Clean your kitchen cupboards
Once the affected items have been removed, do a deep clean of your pantry, starting with a thorough vacuum of all surfaces.

Next, Tony King, a pest control expert at The Pied Piper, recommends wiping down your cabinets and shelving using soap or vinegar until all eggs and larvae have been eliminated.

3. Invest in airtight containers
Finally, make sure all food you buy in the future is stored in airtight containers made of something sturdy, such as glass, metal, or hard plastic. Although simple, Tony says this is the most effective way to prevent pantry moths from multiplying further.

Keep your pantry protected with our shopping picks

What is a pantry moth?

Pantry moths are small flying insects that sneak into stored goods such as flour, cereal, rice, pasta, and pet food – sometimes before the products even reach the supermarket shelf! They are also known as the Indianmeal moth.

According to Tony King, the adults lay their eggs in dry food, and it is their larvae that contaminate and damage the products. While they don’t pose any toxic danger, he warns that they can destroy large quantities of food and make the area unhygienic for use.

While their cousin, the carpet moth, can be found in natural fibers such as clothing and certain types of flooring, the pantry moth lives in dry food storage.

What are the signs of pantry moths?

According to Darren Backhouse, Partner at MJ Backhouse Pest Control, you know you have a pantry moth infestation if:

• You spot tiny moths flying around the kitchen
• You discover webbing in food items and containers
• You see larvae inside your dry goods; these are about 1/4 inch long, cream-coloured and look a bit like maggots

You may also notice droppings around your kitchen (small brown specks), tiny white eggs, or food that is discoloured and clumps together.

What causes pantry moths?

This might be surprising, but the most common way for pantry moths to enter your home is through infested products bought from the shops. Darren Backhouse explains that they then spread to other stored foods that are not properly sealed.

"That’s why it’s important to clean out cupboards regularly and use sealed containers for dried foods."

While they're certainly unpleasant, a pantry moth infestation doesn't indicate a dirty home – just the need for better food storage solutions, which can be easily achieved.

For more pest control advice, read our guide on how to get rid of rats and how to kill silverfish in your bathroom.

When it comes to creating a new kitchen space, it’s often the details that feel the most overwhelming – and, surprisingly, it’s not always the big-ticket items.

Choosing a kitchen cabinet design you love is one thing; knowing how to pair it with the right flooring is another entirely. Get it right, and the space feels considered, balanced and effortlessly pulled together. Get it wrong, and even the most beautiful materials can end up fighting for attention.

To help make the process feel far less daunting, we’ve asked kitchen designers, furniture makers and flooring experts to share the rules they swear by when pairing cabinets with flooring. Their advice proves that once you know what to look for, creating a kitchen that feels cohesive and completely your own is far easier than you might think.

1. Let your kitchen flooring set the tone for the space

The type of flooring you choose is one of the most influential and permanent decisions you will make when planning a kitchen. It anchors the space visually and sets the mood, which is why many designers recommend treating the floor as the starting point rather than a finishing touch.

“The floor often sets the tone of the kitchen, so your cabinetry should naturally complement it,” explains Alex Main, director at MAIN. This is precisely why he recommends approaching the design from the ground up.

“Start by looking at your kitchen flooring to establish whether it leans warm, cool or neutral before choosing cabinet colours,” says Alex. “It’s also worth thinking about quality and longevity, as flooring is changed far less often than cabinet colours, which can be updated more easily over time.”

Flooring also plays a key role in how light and space are perceived, which should inform how bold or restrained your cabinetry choices are.

“The size of your space and the natural light it receives during the day will help guide your decision on what woods might work best,” explains Natalie Mudd, co-founder of Knot & Grain. “Lighter floors can really help to brighten a compact kitchen, while darker flooring works beautifully in larger spaces, adding warmth and a cosy, welcoming feel. Once you’ve chosen your flooring, you can then explore all of your cabinet options with confidence.”

The takeaway: By letting the floor lead, the rest of the scheme falls into place more easily, creating a kitchen that feels cohesive now and flexible enough to evolve over time.

2. Get the contrast between floor and cabinets right

Contrast is what gives a kitchen depth and definition, but it’s also where many schemes can start to feel heavy or unbalanced if it’s pushed too far. The aim of contrast shouldn't be dramatic light-versus-dark at all costs, but a considered difference between floor and cabinets that allows both to stand out in their own right.

“To make sure your kitchen doesn’t look heavy and undefined, look to choose a floor and cabinet colour which are a few tones apart,” recommends Alex Main. “A light or mid-tone floor works best with cabinetry in deeper colours, while darker floors benefit from lighter or more reflective cabinet finishes to help lift the room. A contrast in tone doesn’t have to be dramatic, but it needs to be distinguished enough to add depth to the space.”

Light will play a crucial role here. “Dark floors can look dramatic, but be careful as they don’t reflect light very much and can make the room look very dark,” explains Josie Medved, design manager at Symphony Group & Laura Ashley Fitted Kitchens. “A safe bet is to create contrast between your kitchen units and flooring, such as pale units with a dark floor, or vice versa."

While all-dark kitchens – where floors, cabinets and walls are kept within the same tonal family – can look incredibly striking, they’re not the easiest to get right. “There is a kitchen trend to have everything dark in the kitchen, using the same colour for kitchen cabinets, floors and walls,” says Josie. “This is an extremely dramatic look and takes a lot of thought and talent to get right, so it is probably not suitable for the majority of people.”

The takeaway: Creating a clear visual difference between flooring and cabinetry helps each element feel intentional, but contrast works best in moderation, so steer clear of extremes like ultra-gloss units paired with rustic barn-style flooring, unless you’re really keen to make a statement.

3. Match flooring and cabinet undertones for a cohesive finish

Once you’ve settled on the level of contrast you want, the next step is to look a little closer, specifically at undertones. Two colours can appear to work together at first glance, but if their underlying temperatures clash, the whole scheme can feel slightly off, even if you can’t immediately put your finger on why.

A simple way to avoid this is to establish whether your chosen colours are warm or cool before committing. Alex Main explains: “A good place to start is to compare your preferred cabinet colour against a neutral like white or light grey, as this will help highlight the undertones. If it looks more yellow or earthy, then it’s warm, and if it leans towards green, blue or grey, then it’s cool. Warmer cabinet colours look great when paired with warm or neutral floors, while cooler cabinet colours naturally complement materials like stone, concrete or grey-washed wood.”

The same principle applies to flooring materials, particularly stone floors and natural wooden floors. “Mixing warm woods such as cherry, beech and oak with cool kitchen cabinets creates visual discord,” explains Josie Medved. “Choose a floor with the same underlying temperature as the kitchen units, whether that’s predominantly warm or cool.”

Natalie Mudd also highlights how keeping undertones aligned opens up more creative freedom elsewhere in the design. “Keeping undertones consistent is the best way to maintain balance,” she says. “Paying attention to this small detail will make a world of difference and allow you to mix and match woods while still giving the overall space a cohesive feel.”

The takeaway: If you’re ever unsure, line up your flooring and cabinet samples against a simple neutral. If they share the same warmth or coolness, the combination will almost always feel cohesive once installed.

4. Use scale to control how the space feels

The physical scale of your flooring can have just as much impact as colour when it comes to how a kitchen feels. Plank width, pattern size and overall proportion all play a role in whether a space feels open and airy or grounded and intimate.

“Opt for lighter colours and narrower planks to visually open up smaller kitchens, creating an airy feel,” says Neel Bradham, CEO of Parador. “To make larger spaces feel cosy and more inviting, choose deeper tones and wider planks.”

In smaller kitchens, narrower planks or simpler layouts help prevent the room from feeling overwhelmed, allowing the cabinetry to take centre stage without too much visual competition. Larger, open-plan kitchens can comfortably accommodate wider planks or bolder floor designs, which help anchor the space and stop it from feeling sparse or cavernous.

Scale also matters when pairing flooring with cabinetry style. More substantial cabinet designs tend to work best with flooring that carries a similar visual weight, while slimmer, more contemporary units are often better suited to cleaner, understated floor finishes.

The takeaway: Before choosing a floor, consider its scale in relation to the size of your kitchen and the style of your cabinets. When the visual weight feels balanced, the whole space is far more likely to feel comfortable and well-proportioned.

5. Avoid visual competition between floors and cabinetry

Once you’ve considered scale and proportion, the next step is to think about how your flooring and cabinetry interact as a pair. Even well-chosen elements can feel overwhelming if they’re competing for attention, which is why the most successful kitchens tend to have a clear visual hierarchy.

“Decide if you want your floor to stand out or blend in with the kitchen units,” advises Josie Medved. “Either approach is fine, but they will create two very different looks.” This balance becomes especially important when pattern or detail is involved. For example, bold kitchen floor tiles can add character, but when used without restraint they can quickly overwhelm a room.

“Be careful when choosing floors with patterns,” Josie cautions. “These can appear very busy or can completely dominate the space. If you do decide on a highly patterned floor, choose simple doors for the kitchen cabinets to avoid competition.”

The same rule applies in reverse. Strong cabinet colours, detailed cabinet door profiles or statement finishes are best paired with quieter flooring that allows them to shine, rather than competing for attention at both eye level and underfoot.

Rather than choosing finishes in isolation, Michael Biddulph, founder of Goldfinch Furniture, stresses the importance of viewing combinations together before committing: “Rather than choosing cabinet and floor finishes in isolation, try to think about how they'll interact,” he says. “Do you want the cabinetry to stand out against the floor, blend seamlessly, or sit somewhere in between? Getting this relationship right is far more important than any individual colour choice.”

Mike Biddulph also points out that the best kitchen design apps make this process far more accessible than it once was. “With today’s computer visualisation, there’s no need to rely on guesswork,” he explains. “Being able to see your cabinetry and flooring together before anything is made allows you to test contrast, tonal matching, or something in between, and make confident decisions.”

The takeaway: Kitchens work best when one element leads, so choose where you want the focus to sit, then use visualisation tools or samples to make sure floor and cabinets complement rather than compete.

6. Always test samples in your own space

No matter how confident you feel about a flooring and cabinet combination on paper (or a screen) nothing replaces seeing materials in situ. Colours, finishes and textures can shift dramatically once they’re exposed to your home’s unique lighting and proportions, which is why designers consistently stress the importance of testing before committing.

“Reflections of colour from outside or internal walls can change the appearance of the flooring,” explains Josie Medved. That’s why viewing samples at different times of day is especially important. Morning light, evening light and artificial lighting can all reveal different qualities in the same material, highlighting warmth, coolness or depth that wasn’t immediately obvious in a showroom or online setting.

Michael Biddulph believes this hands-on approach is key to understanding how colours behave: “Seeing colours in different lights and contexts is key to understanding their true undertone,” he says. “Try to explore finishes, colours and materials through physical samples alongside detailed design packs – this is the only way to make confident, informed decisions.”

The takeaway: Lay flooring samples directly next to your cabinet doors and move them around the kitchen throughout the day. Living with the combination for a few days – in natural and artificial light – can reveal undertones and contrasts you might otherwise miss.

FAQs

Do painted kitchen cabinets work with all types of flooring?

Painted kitchen cabinets are surprisingly versatile and can work with most types of flooring, provided undertones are considered carefully. Soft neutrals tend to pair easily with both wood and stone floors, while bolder colours benefit from quieter, more understated flooring to keep the overall look balanced.

The trick is ensuring the temperature of the paint colour – warm or cool – complements the flooring rather than clashes with it. Testing paint swatches alongside floor samples in your own space is always recommended, as lighting can dramatically alter how both elements appear once installed.

Are gloss cabinets harder to pair with flooring?

Gloss cabinets can actually make pairing easier in some cases, thanks to their reflective finish. In kitchens with limited natural light, they can help bounce light around the room, making darker floors feel less heavy.

However, because gloss surfaces reflect their surroundings, it’s important to consider what they’re reflecting – highly patterned or very dark floors can appear more pronounced. For a balanced look, many designers recommend pairing gloss cabinets with simpler flooring finishes that won’t compete visually.

Does your kitchen hardware play a role in your cabinet and flooring choices?

Choosing handles for kitchen cabinets may seem like a small detail, but it plays a significant role in how the entire kitchen comes together. Handles can echo the tone of your flooring – for example, warm brass with golden wood floors or cooler finishes with stone or concrete – helping to tie the scheme together.

Kitchen hardware also influences the overall style, with sleek, minimal handles suiting contemporary spaces and more decorative options enhancing traditional designs. Like flooring and cabinets, handles are best viewed in context before making a final decision.

When planning the finer details of a kitchen renovation, questions like should kitchen cabinets go to the ceiling or should you put flooring under kitchen cabinets often come up as well.

The answer to these and other questions will be dependent on your layout, budget and future flexibility, and are best considered early to avoid compromises later.

Accent lighting in a kitchen can be transformative. It’s the soft glow that makes your splashback look a little more special at 9pm, the gentle line of light that makes simple cabinetry feel bespoke, and the warm highlight that makes weeknight meals around the table feel a bit more put-together.

Unlike your main ceiling light (useful but rarely flattering) or bright task lighting (essential, but not exactly cosy), accent kitchen lighting draws attention to the details you’ve chosen with purpose: the veining in a stone worktop, the texture of zellige tiles, or those beautifully styled shelves you've worked hard to curate.

Not sure where to start? These are the golden rules for getting it right, and the best places to use accent lighting in a kitchen so it looks intentional, not overdone.

1. Pick your 'hero moments' first

Accent lighting is at its best when it’s editing a space rather than decorating it. So before you start adding strips and spotlights to your kitchen, decide what you actually want to draw attention to – then choose just two or three “hero” features to spotlight. That might be a glass-fronted kitchen unit, a beautiful run of open shelving, or a statement splashback you want to appreciate after dark.

As Jamie Moxey, lighting specialist at Dusk Lighting, explains: “Accent lighting is all about showcasing the features of a room. Where an ambient light can sit alone in a sparsely furnished space, an accent light needs something to partner with. This can be a piece of furniture, an architectural element of your kitchen, or even a showstopper appliance such as a range oven.”

In other words, Jamie recommends taking a look at your kitchen design first, then choosing two or three features to highlight with accent lighting.

2. Put accent lighting on its own circuit (and always add dimmers)

If there’s one detail that separates a kitchen that functions from a kitchen that feels genuinely beautiful to be in, it’s control. Much like ambient lighting, your accent lighting should be something you can reach for in the evening without flipping the room into “big light” mode, which is why it deserves its own circuit (and, ideally, dimmer switches).

“Accent lighting is most effective when it is adaptable,” explains Helen Pett, brand ambassador at Arteriors. “Dimmable solutions allow the atmosphere to evolve throughout the day, shifting from bright and purposeful to soft and intimate, whether for everyday living or a special dinner party.”

This gives you the flexibility to change the mood. As Mara Rypacek Miller, founder of Industville, puts it: “Accent lights can significantly influence the mood of a space. Their warm pools of light create inviting corners and make even the most functional area feel softer.” And when these fixtures are controlled separately, it’s easy to shift from bright and practical to soft and relaxed at the twist of button.

3. Keep accent light tones consistent

Nothing makes a kitchen’s lighting feel more accidental than a mash-up of colour and lighting temperatures. If your under-cabinet LEDs are icy-white but your pendants glow warm, the room can end up looking a bit patchy, and even gorgeous finishes – like stone worktops and wooden grains – won’t look their best.

The fix is simple – decide on a tone and stick to it across your accent lights. As Jamie Moxey from Dusk Lighting warns: “Try to keep all accent lights in the same colour tone to avoid sporadic light tones that just make a space feel busy.”

The best approach is to keep your kitchen accent lighting on the warmer side so finishes look their best, then let the other layers do their jobs. Ambient lighting sets the base level, task lighting handles prep, and accent lighting adds the finishing touches.

4. Use kitchen accent lighting to guide the eye

The point of accent lighting isn’t necessarily to make a kitchen brighter, but rather it’s to make it feel more considered. Done well, it gently guides the eye to where to look. For example, you may want to highlight that coffee station you’ve styled like a hotel mini bar or that unique niche that deserves its moment.

“Accent lighting is designed to draw attention to key elements of the décor,” explains Ally Dowsing-Reynolds, co-founder of Dowsing & Reynolds. “Wall lights are great for providing kitchen accent lighting and they can even become part of the feature if chosen wisely.”

Highlighting artwork is a brilliant example, because it can make a kitchen feel more lived-in. “To accentuate a single large piece of artwork, opt for a large wall light that will fully illuminate it,” recommends Ally. “If you have several smaller pieces of artwork you want to show off, use a small wall light to highlight each one individually.”

“Wall panelling is another beautiful detail that can be highlighted by placing wall lights within some panels,” she continues. “Consider choosing a simplistic design like Dowsing & Reynolds' Antique Brass Small Porcelain Wall Light to let the wall panelling take centre stage.”

“Alternatively, you could try drawing attention to the features that you want your guests to notice," Ally adds. "This could include anything from a central fireplace illuminated by classic wall sconces to an architectural structure highlighted with a statement table lamp.”

Shop accent wall lights for your kitchen space

5. Mix up your lighting methods

The quickest way to make accent lighting look “one note” is to rely on a single solution everywhere – like the same LED strip under every cabinet or the same spotlight in every corner. It might tick the box on paper, but in real life it can feel a bit flat (or worse, a little showroom-like).

A better approach is to mix a few types of kitchen accent lighting, each doing a slightly different job. Think of it like styling a room: you wouldn’t only use overhead lighting in a living room, so don’t do it in a kitchen either. You might use a soft strip to graze a splashback texture, an internal light to make a cabinet glow from within, and a decorative wall light to add warmth at eye level. Even a cordless lamp on a sideboard or shelf can count, as it’s an easy way to bring that cosy, layered feel into an open-plan kitchen-diner.

Just keep the edit tight. “Equally important is restraint,” cautions Helen Pett from Arteriors. “When accent lighting is overused or concentrated at a single level, it can feel visually cluttered. Instead, it should be placed intentionally, subtly guiding the eye and reinforcing the overall design.”

6. Bring in decorative fixtures to tie your scheme together

“When the light fittings themselves are sculptural or decorative, they can enhance the aesthetic of your kitchen,” explains Ally Dowsing-Reynolds. “Whether they’re statement-making table lamps or striking wall lights, accent lighting can become a focal point in its own right if you choose a unique design.”

Unlike concealed strips or discreet downlights, decorative pieces are chosen because they earn their place visually by bringing shape, finish and a little personality to the kitchen. So don’t shy away from choosing a design that’s a little more expressive, like a silhouette you love or a handcrafted lampshade that’s one-of-a-kind.

Sue Jones, co-founder of OKA, shares her top tip for selecting adaptable decorative lighting: "Choosing a style like OKA's Lucas Wall Lamp means you can switch up lampshades whenever you like, which can be a really lovely way to nod to the seasons. Wireless rechargeable wall lamps are ideal in rentals because there's no need for wiring. And if you want a more artful touch, lights with scalloped edges create a lovely flutter of light that softly illuminates surfaces."

Shop decorative accent lighting

7. Light up kitchen storage with accent lighting

“Accent lighting works particularly well in kitchens with in-cabinet lighting, because it balances practicality with a more polished look,” says Helen Pett from Arteriors. “Done well, it makes storage easier to use and shows off the cabinetry details.”

And Jamie Moxey from Dusk Lighting agrees: “Glass-fronted cabinets and open shelving are ideal spots for accent lighting, often using concealed under-shelf or in-cabinet LEDs. These kind of kitchen cabinet lighting ideas add depth at eye level, helping cabinetry and display pieces feel more layered and spacious.”

8. Don't forget to include accent lighting in a pantry

Don't overlook accent lighting when planning your pantry ideas. As this space is often packed with shelves, deeper shadows and “grab-and-go” storage, a little considered lighting here makes a big difference.

“A pantry or larder can be seen as second kitchen in many homes and is an ideal opportunity for accent lighting,” says Alex Main, director at MAIN. “Whether you're working with a larger walk-in space or a cosy breakfast nook with a coffee machine, integrated LED strips fitted under shelves ensure good visibility, while motion sensor lighting is also a popular option. For walk-in pantries, spotlights or a small pendant provides a stylish yet functional touch, making the space feel like a seamless extension of the kitchen.”

The best approach is to treat pantry lighting like a mini kitchen scheme of its own. Opt for subtle strip lighting to highlight shelves and include at least one decorative fitting (even a small one) to tie the whole scheme together.

FAQs

Can you use accent lighting to make a kitchen look bigger?

Yes, when lighting a small kitchen the right accent lighting has the ability to make the space feel much larger than it actually is.

Ally Dowsing-Reynolds, Co-Founder of Dowsing & Reynolds, explains: "You can achieve this by choosing designs that project large and bright beams of light and positioning them so that the light is cast onto the kitchen walls and ceilings,” she says. “For example, a large porcelain wall light would be a brilliant option for vertically expanding your space, while strategically placed floor and table lamps can make kitchen rooms with low ceilings feel more inviting.”

What are the biggest mistakes homeowners make with accent lighting in a kitchen?

The biggest slip-up is treating kitchen accent lighting like something you add everywhere, rather than something you place with intention. When you have strips, spots and plinth lighting all competing at once, the kitchen can lose its focal points; everything is illuminated, but nothing stands out.

“Accent lighting can be overused and too much overlapping lighting creates a bit of a blur,” warns Jamie Moxey, lighting specialist at Dusk Lighting. “This can make your kitchen feel more like a theatre than a family space.” A good rule of thumb is to keep accent lighting to a few “moments”, then let ambient and task lighting do the heavy lifting elsewhere.

Another common kitchen lighting mistake is going too hard on floor-level lighting. “Accent lighting placed on the floor level – uplighting certain cabinets, islands and appliances – can also be a bit gimmicky and you end up with something that looks like a store display kitchen,” Jamie explains. If you do like plinth lighting, keep it subtle and warm, and consider putting it on a separate switch so it’s an occasional effect rather than a constant glow.

For a truly layered kitchen scheme, don’t stop at accent lighting. The best lighting for a kitchen ceiling will set the overall tone, then let task and accent layers add focus, depth and polish where it counts.

Our kitchens are expected to do a lot – from prepping meals to entertaining friends – and, let’s be honest, they often end up as a spot for laptops and homework to accumulate too. A moveable kitchen island is therefore a smart way to add extra worktop and storage space without committing to a fixed layout, or the added complexity of plumbing and electrics.

You can position a portable kitchen island where it works best in the moment, then wheel it aside when you need more space (particularly handy in smaller kitchens or rooms with multiple doorways). And when done well, these practical features read as a freestanding piece of furniture rather than a kitchen bolt-on, giving you flexibility without sacrificing the finished look.

We’ve gathered some of our favourite portable kitchen island ideas below to inspire you to add this practical piece of furniture to your space.

1. Match a portable island to your kitchen scheme

If you’re worried a portable island will look too much like an add-on, the easiest fix is to make it visually part of the wider kitchen design. As a starting point, matching the island’s paint colour to your cabinetry will instantly pull the scheme together, while repeating your kitchen cabinet handle finishes helps it read like part of a considered scheme rather than a separate piece of furniture.

Layout is just as important as appearance. A portable kitchen island that looks great but interrupts circulation will always feel slightly awkward, no matter how well it matches.

Nicolle Whyte, design director at Olive & Barr, explains: “When planning a kitchen, it’s always best to consider the flow. There needs to be enough clearance all the way around the island to allow for those using it to glide through easily. As a rule, there needs to be a minimum of one metre clearance to move freely."

2. Use a portable island as a grab-and-go breakfast station

Mornings are rarely tidy, and breakfast has a habit of spreading beyond one corner of the kitchen. A portable island, like this pictured Hanne slim island from Cox & Cox, helps create a dedicated 'breakfast zone' for toast and coffee, with space to store essentials and perch for a quick bite before the day begins.

It’s also exactly the kind of flexible piece designers see homeowners leaning on day to day. As Gareth Davis, design director at Classic Interiors notes, “Clients are increasingly using portable islands as an extra prep bench, a buffet or drinks station, or a two-stool perch for breakfast."

Look for a design with a generous top for day-to-day prep, then prioritise open shelving underneath so bowls, plates, napkins and conserves can live together in one easy-to-grab place. "Something manoeuvrable, typically 600–800mm deep and 1000–1400mm long, with about 900mm clear around in everyday use, works well,” says Gareth.

To stop the portable island feeling cluttered, use baskets like mini drawers – one for crockery, one for snacks and staples and one for linens. A simple tea towel hook on the end panel and a pair of stools will complete the look.

Shop portable kitchen islands on wheels

3. Invest in an apothecary-style portable island for a statement feature

Apothecary-style portable kitchen islands are brilliant if you’re trying to keep the worktops clear, because the whole design is built around small, easy-access drawers. Instead of one “everything” cupboard where items disappear, you get lots of concealed kitchen storage for those bits that usually drift.

Style-wise, apothecary designs also double as kitchen decor and make for a bold statement piece that works well in industrial and rustic schemes alike.

The Audrey kitchen island from Cox and Cox (pictured above) offers a generous worktop, plenty of storage with apothecary-style drawers, and two hinged leaves that extend the surface when needed.

4. Use a baker’s table island to create a prep zone

A baker’s table not only looks lighter than a traditional island, it’s made specifically for hands-on prep and gives you a generous surface for rolling pastry, kneading dough or icing cakes without elbowing your way across the main kitchen worktops.

As Gareth Davis points out, “bakers like a movable pastry surface under good light,” which is exactly where these portable units shine: you can roll it into the brightest spot, get the job done, then move it back out of the way.

Kitchen storage is the other advantage of these types of portable islands. Open shelves keep mixing bowls, cookbooks and trays within easy reach, while a couple of drawers corral the smaller baking essentials (parchment, cutters, measuring spoons and all the fiddly bits).

And as Al Bruce, founder at Olive & Barr, adds: “Harvest and Baker's tables are a versatile alternative to the traditional island and can be bespoke-made to complement the proportions of your kitchen.” In other words, if you want to bypass the fuss involved in installing a kitchen island, this is the low-effort, high-reward option.

5. Pick a portable island design that can move with you

A portable island only earns its keep if it’s easy to live with, which usually means choosing a design that can move as your day does. Castors make all the difference. As Al Bruce explains, a compact island on wheels is “portable and free of electricity and plumbing,” allowing it to shift around the kitchen as needed.

Roll it beside the hob for plating up, park it near the fridge for prep, or pull it into the centre when you need more breathing room. In a small kitchen, that level of flexibility is invaluable. And if a full island feels like too much, a slim kitchen trolley works on the same principle, offering extra prep space and storage that can be tucked neatly away when things get busy.

Shop portable kitchen units